USRE41021E1 - Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit - Google Patents
Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- USRE41021E1 USRE41021E1 US11/451,588 US45158806A USRE41021E US RE41021 E1 USRE41021 E1 US RE41021E1 US 45158806 A US45158806 A US 45158806A US RE41021 E USRE41021 E US RE41021E
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- data
- memory cells
- circuits
- write control
- predetermined logic
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C16/00—Erasable programmable read-only memories
- G11C16/02—Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C16/00—Erasable programmable read-only memories
- G11C16/02—Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable
- G11C16/04—Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable using variable threshold transistors, e.g. FAMOS
- G11C16/0483—Erasable programmable read-only memories electrically programmable using variable threshold transistors, e.g. FAMOS comprising cells having several storage transistors connected in series
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C11/00—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C11/56—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency
- G11C11/5621—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency using charge storage in a floating gate
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C11/00—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C11/56—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency
- G11C11/5621—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using storage elements with more than two stable states represented by steps, e.g. of voltage, current, phase, frequency using charge storage in a floating gate
- G11C11/5628—Programming or writing circuits; Data input circuits
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C2211/00—Indexing scheme relating to digital stores characterized by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C2211/56—Indexing scheme relating to G11C11/56 and sub-groups for features not covered by these groups
- G11C2211/562—Multilevel memory programming aspects
- G11C2211/5621—Multilevel programming verification
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C2211/00—Indexing scheme relating to digital stores characterized by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C2211/56—Indexing scheme relating to G11C11/56 and sub-groups for features not covered by these groups
- G11C2211/564—Miscellaneous aspects
- G11C2211/5641—Multilevel memory having cells with different number of storage levels
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C2211/00—Indexing scheme relating to digital stores characterized by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C2211/56—Indexing scheme relating to G11C11/56 and sub-groups for features not covered by these groups
- G11C2211/564—Miscellaneous aspects
- G11C2211/5642—Multilevel memory with buffers, latches, registers at input or output
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an electrically programmable nonvolatile semiconductor memory device (EEPROM) and, more particularly, to an EEPROM for performing a multivalue storing operation for storing information of two or more bits in one memory cell.
- EEPROM electrically programmable nonvolatile semiconductor memory device
- a NAND EEPROM which can be integrated at a high density is known.
- this NAND EEPROM a plurality of memory cells are connected in series with each other as one unit such that adjacent memory cells have a source and a drain in common, and these memory cells are connected to a bit line.
- a memory cell generally has an FETMOS structure in which a charge accumulation layer and a control gate are stacked.
- a memory cell array is integrated and formed in a p-type well formed in a p- or n-type substrate.
- the drain side of a NAND cell is connected to a bit line through a selection gate, and the source side is connected to a common source line through a selection gate.
- the control gates of memory cells are continuously arranged in a row direction to form a word line.
- the threshold voltage of the selected memory cell is positively shifted.
- This state is represented by, e.g., “1”.
- Vm voltage
- Vm voltage
- This state is an erased state, and is represented by “0”.
- a data write operation is performed to memory cells which share a control gate at once.
- a data erase operation is performed to all the memory cells in a NAND cell at once. More specifically, all the control gates are set to be 0 V, and the p-type well is set to be 20 V. At this time, the selection gate, the bit line, and the source line are set to be 20 V. In this manner, electrons are discharged from the charge accumulation layers of all the memory cells into the p-type well, and the threshold voltages of the memory cells are negatively shifted.
- a data read operation is performed as follows. That is, the control gate of a selected memory cell is set to be 0 V, the control gates and selection gates of the remaining memory cells are set to be a power supply potential Vcc (e.g., 5 V), and it is detected whether a current flows in the selected memory cell. Due to restrictions of the read operation, a threshold voltage set upon a “1”-data write operation must be controlled to fall within a range of 0 V to Vcc. For this purpose, a write verify operation is performed to detect only a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written, and rewritten data is set such that a rewrite operation is performed to only the memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written (bit-by-bit verify operation). The memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written is detected by performing a read operation (verify read operation) such that a selected control gate is set to be, e.g., 0.5 V (verify voltage).
- Vcc power supply potential
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell has a margin with respect to 0 V and is not set to be 0.5 V or more
- a current flows in the selected memory cell, and the selected memory cell is detected as a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written.
- a circuit called a verify circuit for compensating the current flowing in the memory cell is arranged to prevent the memory cell from being erroneously recognized as a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written. This verify circuit executes a write verify operation at a high speed.
- states set upon a write operation are set to be three states represented by “0”, “1”, and “2”.
- a “0”-data-written state is defined as a state wherein the threshold voltage is negative
- a “1”-data-written state is defined as a state wherein the threshold voltage ranges from 0 V to 1 ⁇ 2 Vcc
- a “2”-data-written state is defined as a state wherein the threshold voltage ranges from 1 ⁇ 2 Vcc to Vcc.
- a memory cell set to be a “0”-data written state can be prevented from being erroneously recognized as a memory cell in which data “1” or “2” is not sufficiently written.
- the conventional verify circuit is not designed for a multivalue storing operation. For this reason, assuming that a memory cell set to be a data “2”-written state has a threshold voltage equal to or higher than a verify voltage for detecting whether data “1” is not sufficiently written and equal to or lower than 1 ⁇ 2 Vcc, when it is to be detected whether data “1” is not sufficiently written, no current flows in the memory cell, and the memory cell is erroneously recognized as a memory cell in which data “2” is sufficiently written.
- a verify write operation is performed to set a memory cell, in which data “1” is sufficiently written, in a “2”-data-written state, by detecting whether the memory cell is a memory cell in which data “2” is not sufficiently written.
- a memory cell set to be a “2”-data-written state is set in a “1”-data-written state at first and is then set in a “2”-data-written state. For this reason, a longer time is required for the write operation, and the write operation cannot be performed at a high speed.
- a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device capable of storing multivalue data, characterized by comprising a memory cell array in which memory cells which can be electrically programmed and each of which has at least three storage states are arranged in a matrix, a plurality of write data circuits for temporarily storing data for controlling write operation states of the plurality of memory cells in the memory cell array, write means for simultaneously performing a write operation to the plurality of memory cells in accordance with contents of the data circuits respectively corresponding to the plurality of memory cells, verify means for simultaneously checking states of the plurality of memory cells set upon the write operation, and means for updating the contents of the write data circuits such that a rewrite operation is performed to only a memory cell, in which data is not sufficiently written, on the basis of the contents of the data circuits and the states of the memory cells set upon the write operation, wherein the write operation based on the contents of the data circuits, a write verify operation, and an operation for updating the contents of the write data circuits are
- n ⁇ 1) data circuit content simultaneous updating means for simultaneously updating the contents of data circuits corresponding to a memory cell in which data “i” is to be stored, such that a rewrite operation is performed to only a memory cell, in which data is not sufficiently written, on the basis of the contents of the data circuits and the storage states of the memory cells after the write operation, and data circuit content updating means for performing a storage checking operation performed by the ith write verify means and a simultaneous updating operation performed by the ith data circuit content simultaneous updating means, from data “1” to data “n ⁇ 1”n ⁇ 1 times so as to update the contents of all the plurality of data circuits, wherein the ith data circuit content simultaneous updating means, of bit line potentials at which the storage states of the memory cells set upon a write operation are output by the ith write verify means, a bit line potential corresponding to a memory cell in which data “i” (i ⁇ 1) is to be stored is sensed/stored as rewrite data, and for bit lines corresponding to memory cells in which data except for data “
- a multivalue (n-value) storage type EEPROM is constituted such that a verify read operation is performed through n ⁇ 1 basic operation cycles.
- An erased state is represented by data “0”, and multivalue levels are represented by “0”, “1”, . . . , “i”, . . . , “n ⁇ 1” in an order from a small threshold voltage.
- an ith cycle is constituted to verify whether an “i”-data write operation is sufficiently performed.
- the EEPROM comprises a verify potential generation circuit for applying a predetermined verify voltage at an level in the ith cycle such that a current flows in a memory cell having a selected control gate when an “i”-data write operation is sufficiently performed, and a sense amplifier for detecting a bit line voltage to determine whether a write operation is sufficiently performed.
- the bit line of a memory cell in which data “0”, . . . , “i ⁇ 1” are written has a first verify circuit such that the current of the memory cell is compensated for when it is detected that the data are sufficiently written in the memory cell and the current of the memory cell is not compensated for when it is detected that the data are not sufficiently written in the memory cell.
- the current of the memory cell is compensated for by the first verify circuit when it is detected that the data are sufficiently written in the memory cell in advance and a second verify circuit for setting a bit line voltage is installed such that the current of the memory cell flows when it is detected that the data are not sufficiently written in the memory cell.
- the EEPROM comprises a first data storage unit for storing data indicating whether data is sufficiently written and a second data storage unit for storing whether a multivalue level to be written is any one of data “1”, . . . , “n ⁇ 1”.
- the first data storage unit also has the function of a sense amplifier for detecting whether data is sufficiently written.
- the EEPROM is characterized by comprising a bit line write voltage output circuit for outputting a bit line voltage in a write operation in accordance with a desired written state such that, when there is memory cell which does not reach a predetermined written state, a rewrite operation is performed to only this memory cell.
- a multivalue data write operation after a multivalue data write operation is performed, it is detected whether the written states of memory cells reach their desired multivalue level states.
- a bit line voltage in a write operation is output in accordance with a desired written state such that a rewrite operation is performed to only this memory cell.
- the write operation and the verify read operation are repeated, and a data write operation is ended when all the memory cells reach their desired written states, respectively.
- a time for performing one write cycle is shortened, and a write operation is repeated many times within a short time while the degree of progress of a written state is checked, so that the range of the threshold voltage distribution of a memory cell in which a data write operation is finally ended can be narrowed at a high speed.
- a bit line potential in a read operation is controlled to exhibit the threshold voltage of a memory cell.
- a common source line is set to be 6 V, a voltage of 2 V is applied to a selected control gate, and the potential of the common source line is transferred to the bit line.
- the bit line potential reaches a certain value, a current flowing in the memory cell is stopped, and the bit line potential is given as a value obtained by subtracting the threshold voltage of the memory cell from the control gate voltage of 2 V.
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell is ⁇ 1 V.
- a non-selected control gate and a selection gate are set to be 6 V such that the bit line potential is not determined by the potential of the non-selected memory cell or a selection transistor.
- An erased state is represented by data “0”, multivalue levels are represented by “0”, “1”, . . . , “i”, . . . , “n ⁇ 1” in an order from a small threshold voltage.
- a verify read operation simultaneously verifies whether all data “i” are sufficiently written, a reference potential used when a bit line voltage is sensed is set in accordance with the written data.
- a verify circuit is arranged such that the current of the memory cell is compensated for when it is detected that the data are sufficiently written in the memory cell and the current of the memory cell is not compensated for when it is detected that the data are not sufficiently written in the memory cell.
- a first data storage unit for storing data indicating whether data is sufficiently written and a second data storage unit for storing whether a multivalue level to be written is any one of data “1”, . . . , “n ⁇ 1” are arranged.
- the first data storage unit also serves as a sense amplifier for detecting whether data is sufficiently written.
- a multivalue (n-value) storage type NAND-cell EEPROm according to a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device is characterized by comprising a bit line write voltage output circuit for outputting a bit line voltage in a write operation in accordance with a desired written state such that, when there is memory cell which does not reach a predetermined written state, a rewrite operation is performed to only this memory cell.
- a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device includes, as a basic arrangement, a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprising a memory cell array in which the memory cells, each of which is constituted by stacking a charge accumulation layer and a control gate on a semiconductor layer and can be electrically programmed to store at least three data as multivalue data of threshold voltages of the memory cell, are arranged in a matrix, threshold voltage detection means for charging a bit line connected to the memory cells so that charging is made through the memory cells and outputting the multivalue data of the memory cell as multivalue level potentials to the bit line, and a sense amplifier for sensing potentials of the bit line charged by the threshold voltage detection means, and the nonvolatile semiconductor memory device is characterized by the following embodiments.
- a multivalue data write operation after a multivalue data write operation is performed, it is simultaneously detected whether the written states of the memory cells reach their multivalue level states, respectively.
- a bit line voltage in a write operation is output in accordance with a desired written state such that a rewrite operation is performed only to this memory cell.
- the write operation and a verify read operation are repeated, and a data write operation is ended when it is confirmed that all the memory cells reach their desired written states, respectively.
- a time for performing one write cycle is shortened, and a write operation is repeated many times within a short time while the degree of progress of a written state is checked, so that the range of the threshold voltage distribution of a memory cell in which a data write operation is finally ended can be narrowed at a high speed.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing the schematic arrangement of an EEPROM according to the first and second embodiments of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a circuit diagram showing the detailed arrangement of a memory cell array in the first embodiment
- FIG. 3 is a circuit diagram showing the detailed arrangement of a bit line control circuit in the first embodiment
- FIG. 4 is a timing chart showing a read operation in the first embodiment
- FIG. 5 is a timing chart showing a write operation in the first embodiment
- FIG. 6 is a timing chart showing a verify read operation in the first embodiment
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are timing charts showing data input/output operations in the first and second embodiments
- FIG. 8 is a view showing the concept of a page serving as a write/read unit in the first and second embodiments
- FIGS. 9A and 9B are flow charts showing a data write algorithm and an additional data write algorithm in the first and second embodiments, respectively;
- FIG. 10 is a graph showing the write characteristics of the memory cell in the first embodiment
- FIG. 11 is a circuit diagram showing the arrangements of a memory cell array and a bit line control circuit in the second embodiment
- FIG. 12 is a timing chart showing a read operation in the second embodiment
- FIG. 13 is a timing chart showing a write operation in the second embodiment
- FIG. 14 is a timing chart showing a verify read operation in the second embodiment
- FIG. 15 is a graph showing the write characteristics of the memory cell in the second embodiment
- FIG. 16 is a circuit diagram showing a modification of the bit line control circuit in the first embodiment
- FIG. 17 is a circuit diagram showing a modification of the bit line control circuit in the second embodiment
- FIG. 18 is a view showing a unit for an additional data write operation in the first and second embodiments.
- FIGS. 19A and 19B are circuit diagrams showing the detailed arrangement of an inverter portion shown in FIG. 3 ;
- FIG. 20 is a circuit diagram showing the arrangement of a NAND cell array according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 21A and 21B are a circuit diagram and a chart, respectively, showing the read operation of the NAND cell in the third embodiment
- FIG. 22 is a graph showing the relationship between a bit line output voltage in a read operation and the threshold voltage of a memory cell in the third embodiment
- FIG. 23 is a graph showing the relationship between a bit line output voltage in a read operation and a write time in the third embodiment
- FIG. 24 is a graph showing the relationship between data and a bit line output voltage in a read operation when a binary storing operation is performed to one memory cell in the third embodiment
- FIG. 25 is a graph showing the relationship between data and a bit line output voltage in a read operation when a ternary storing operation is performed to one memory cell in the third embodiment
- FIG. 26 is a circuit diagram showing the arrangement of a NOR cell array according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 27A and 27B are a circuit diagram and a chart, respectively, showing the read operation of a NOR cell in the fourth embodiment
- FIG. 28 is a graph showing the relationship between a bit line output voltage in a read operation and the threshold voltage of a memory cell in the fourth embodiment
- FIG. 29 is a graph showing the relationship between the bit line output voltage in a read operation and a write time in the fourth embodiment
- FIG. 30 is a graph showing the relationship between data and a bit line output voltage in a read operation when a binary storing operation is performed to one memory cell in the fourth embodiment
- FIG. 31 is a graph showing the relationship between data and a bit line output voltage in a read operation when a ternary storing operation is performed to one memory cell in the fourth embodiment
- FIG. 32 is a block diagram showing the arrangement of an EEPROM according to the third and fourth embodiments.
- FIG. 33 is a circuit diagram showing the arrangements of a memory cell array and a bit line control circuit in the third embodiment
- FIG. 34 is a timing chart showing a read operation in the third embodiment
- FIG. 35 is a timing chart showing a write operation in the third embodiment
- FIG. 36 is a timing chart showing a verify read operation in the third embodiment
- FIG. 37 is a circuit diagram showing the arrangements of a memory cell array and a bit line control circuit in the fourth embodiment
- FIG. 38 is a timing chart showing a read operation in the fourth embodiment.
- FIG. 39 is a timing chart showing a write operation in the fourth embodiment.
- FIG. 40 is a timing chart showing a verify read operation in the fourth embodiment.
- FIG. 41 is a circuit diagram showing the arrangement of a column decoder in the third and fourth embodiments.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing the schematic arrangement of a NAND-cell EEPROM according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
- a bit line control circuit 2 for controlling a bit line in a read/write operation and a word line drive circuit 7 for controlling a word line potential are arranged for a memory cell array 1 .
- the bit line control circuit 2 and the word line drive circuit 7 are selected by a column decoder 3 and a row decoder 8 , respectively.
- the bit line control circuit 2 receives and outputs read/write data from/to an input/output data conversion circuit 5 through a data input/output line (IO line).
- the input/output data conversion circuit 5 converts readout multivalue information of a memory cell into binary information to externally output the multivalue information, and converts the binary information of externally input write data into the multivalue information of a memory cell.
- the input/output data conversion circuit 5 is connected to a data input/output buffer 6 for controlling a data input/output operation with an external circuit.
- a data write end detection circuit 4 detects whether a data write operation is ended.
- a write control signal generation circuit 9 supplies a write control signal to the bit line control circuit 2 and the word line drive circuit 7 .
- a write verify control signal generation circuit 10 supplies a write verify control signal to the bit line control circuit 2 and the word line drive circuit 7 .
- a data update control signal generation circuit 11 supplies a data update control signal to the bit line control circuit 2 .
- FIGS. 2 and 3 show the detailed arrangements of the memory cell array 1 and the bit line control circuit 2 .
- Memory cells M 1 to M 8 and selection transistors S 1 and S 2 constitute a NAND cell.
- One terminal of the NAND cell is connected to a bit line BL, and the other terminal is connected to a common source line Vs.
- Selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 and control gates CG 1 to CG 8 are shared by a plurality of NAND cells, and memory cells which share one control gate constitute a page.
- Each memory cell stores data at a threshold voltage Vt thereof.
- the memory cell stores data “0” indicating that the threshold voltage Vt is lower than 0 V, stores data “1” indicating that the threshold voltage Vt is greater than 0 V and lower than 1.5 V, and stores data “2” indicating that the threshold voltage Vt is greater than 1.5 V and lower than a power supply voltage.
- One memory cell can have three states, and nine combinations can be obtained by two memory cells. Of these nine combinations, eight combinations are used, and data of three bits are stored in the two memory cells. In this embodiment, data of three bits are stored in a pair of adjacent memory cells which share a control gate.
- the memory cell array 1 is formed on a dedicated p-type well.
- clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 and clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 constitute flip-flops, respectively, and these flip-flops latch write/read data.
- the flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
- an n-channel MOS transistor Qn 1 transfers a voltage VPR to a bit line when a precharge signal PRE goes to “H” level.
- a bit line connection signal BLC goes to “H” level
- an n-channel MOS transistor Qn 2 connects the bit line to a main bit line control circuit.
- N-channel MOS transistors Qn 3 to Qn 6 and Qn 9 to Qn 12 selectively transfer voltages VBLH, VBLM, and VBLL to the bit line in accordance with the data latched in the above flip-flops.
- signals SAC 2 and SAC 1 go to “H” level, n-channel MOS transistors Qn 7 and Qn 8 respectively connect the flip-flops to the bit line.
- An n-channel MOS transistor Qn 13 is arranged to detect whether all the data of one page latched in the flip-flops are identical to each other.
- column selection signals CSL 1 and CSL 2 go to “H” level
- n-channel MOS transistors Qn 14 and Qn 15 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to data input/output line IOA or IOB
- n-channel MOS transistors Qn 16 and Qn 17 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to the data input/output line IOA or
- the inverter portion has the circuit arrangement shown in FIG. 19 (b).
- FIG. 4 shows read operation timings
- FIG. 5 shows write operation timings
- FIG. 6 shows verify read operation timings.
- Each of the FIGS. 4 , 5 , and 6 shows a case wherein the control gate CG 4 is selected.
- a read operation is executed by two basic cycles.
- the voltage VPR becomes a power supply voltage Vcc to precharge the bit line, and the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float.
- the selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 and the control gates CG 1 to CG 3 and CG 5 to CG 8 are set to be the power supply voltage Vcc.
- the control gate CG 4 is set to be 1.5 V. Only when the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell is set to be 1.5 V or more, i.e., data “2” is written in this memory cell, the bit line is kept at “H” level.
- sense activation signals SEN 2 and SEN 2 B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, and latch activation signals LAT 2 and LAT 2 B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, thereby resetting the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 .
- the signal SAC 2 goes to “H” level to connect the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 to the bit line.
- the latch activation signals LAT 2 and LAT 2 B go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, and the information of data “2” or data “1” or “0” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 .
- the voltage of the selection control gate CG 4 is not set to be 1.5 V but is set to be 0 V, and signals SEN 1 , SEN 1 B, LAT 1 , LAT 1 B, and SAC 1 are output in place of the signals SEN 2 , SEN 2 B, LAT 2 , LAT 2 B, and SAC 2 . Therefore, in the second read cycle, the information of data “0” or data “1” or “2” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 .
- the data of the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltage Vt of each of the memory cells is set to be less than 0 V.
- the p-type well, the common source line Vs and, the selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 are set to be 20 V, and the control gates CG 1 to CG 8 are set to be 0 V, thereby performing an erase operation.
- the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float.
- the selection gate SG 1 and the control gates CG 1 to CG 8 are set to be Vcc.
- the selection gates SG 2 is set to be 0 V during the write operation.
- signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , FIM, and FIH are set to be Vcc.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI 1 is set at “H” level, the bit line is charged by the voltage Vcc.
- the bit line is set to be 0 V.
- the selection gate SG 1 , the control gates CG 1 to CGS, the signals BLC and VRFY 1 , and a voltage VSA are set to be 10 V
- the voltage VBLH is set to be 8 V
- the voltage VBLM is set to be 1 V.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI 3 goes to “H” level
- a voltage of 1 V is applied to the bit line BL.
- the bit line is set to be 0 V.
- the bit line is set to be 8 V.
- the selected control gate CG 4 is set to be 20 V.
- a “1”- or “2”-data write operation electrons are injected into the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells by the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate CG 4 .
- amounts of charges to be injected into the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells must be smaller than those in the “2”-data write operation.
- the bit line BL is set to be 1 V to relax the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate CG 4 to 19 V.
- the threshold voltages of the memory cells are not effectively changed by a bit line voltage of 8 V.
- the selection gate SG 1 and the control gates CG 1 to CG 8 are set to be 0 V, and then the voltage of the bit line BL set to be 8 V in the “0”-data write operation is reset to 0 V with a time lag. This is because, when the order of the setting operations is reversed a “2”- or “1”-data-written state is temporarily set, and erroneous data is written in the “0”-data write operation.
- a verify read operation is performed to check the written state of the memory cell and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written.
- the voltages VBLH, VBLL, and FIM are set to be Vcc, 0 V, and 0 V, respectively.
- the verify read operation is executed by two basic cycles. Each of the basic cycles is almost identical to the second read cycle except that the voltage of the selected control gate CG 4 and signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , and FIH are output (only the signal VRFY 1 is output in the first verify read cycle).
- the signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , and FIH are output before the signals SEN 1 , SEN 1 B, LAT 1 , and LAT 1 B go to “L” level, “H” level, “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 and the control gates CG 1 to CG 8 are reset to 0 V.
- the signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , and FIH are output before the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 is reset after the potential of the bit line is determined by the threshold voltages of the memory cells.
- the potential of the selected control gate CG 4 is set to be 2 V (first cycle) and 0.5 V (second cycle) in the verify read operation which are higher than 1.5 V (first cycle) and 0 V (second cycle) in the read operation to assure a threshold voltage margin of 0.5 V.
- data (data 1 ) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 data (data 2 ) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 , and the voltage of the bit line BL determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell will be described below.
- the data 1 controls a “0”-data write operation or a “1”- or “2”-data write operation.
- the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 3 is set in an “ON” state when the “0”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 6 is set in an “ON” state when “1”- or “2”-data write operation is performed.
- the data 2 controls a “1”-data write operation or a “2”-data write operation.
- the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 10 is set in an “ON” state when the “1”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 11 is set in an “ON” state when the “2”-data write operation is performed.
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell is less than 1.5 V.
- the control gate CG 4 is set to be 2 V, the memory cell causes the bit line potential to go to “L” level.
- the initial write data is data “1”
- the data 1 is set to be data “0”.
- the signal VRFY 1 goes to “H” level later, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “H” level (( 1 ) in FIG. 6 ).
- the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level (( 2 ) in FIG. 6 ).
- the data of the memory cell is to be data “2”.
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 0.5 V or more
- the control gate CG 4 is set to be 0.5 V
- the bit line potential is kept at “H” level (( 9 ) and ( 10 ) in FIG. 6 ).
- the bit line potential goes to “L” level (( 11 ) in FIG. 6 ).
- rewrite data are set as shown in the following table (Table 1) on the basis of the write data and the written states of the memory cells.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B show data input/output operation timings.
- FIG. 7A shows a data input timing
- FIG. 7B shows a data output timing.
- data to be input to the bit line control circuit 2 is generated and output from the input/output data conversion circuit 5 .
- External data (X 1 ,X 2 ,X 3 ) of three bits are converted into data (Y 1 ,Y 2 ) for two memory cells.
- the converted data are set in a register R 1 constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 1 and CI 2 and a register R 2 constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 3 and CI 4 .
- This setting is performed through the data input/output lines IOA and IOB.
- Readout data latched in the registers R 1 and R 2 are transferred to the input/output data conversion circuit 5 through the data input/output lines IOA and IOB, converted, and then output.
- Column selection signals CSL 1 i and CSL 2 i are set to be the same signal, and the data input/output lines IOA and IOB are divided into two systems such that two registers of the same column can be easily accessed at once. Therefore, an access time can be effectively shortened.
- Table 2 shows the relationships between external data (X 1 ,X 2 ,X 3 ) of three bits, two data (Y 1 ,Y 2 ) of the memory cells, and the data of the registers R 1 and R 2 respectively corresponding to the data Y 1 and Y 2 in a data input operation.
- Each register data is expressed by the voltage level of the input/output line IOA in a data transfer operation. Since the data input/output line IOB is obtained by inverting the data input/output line IOA, the data input/output line IOB is not illustrated.
- Table 3 shows the relationships of Table 2 in a data output operation.
- the level of the data input/output line IOA in an input operation and the level of the data input/output line IOA in an output operation are inverted with respect to the same data.
- this extra combination can be used as file management information such as pointer information.
- FIG. 8 shows the concept of a page serving as a data write unit when viewed from a microprocessor or the like for controlling an EEPROM.
- one page is defined by N bytes, and addresses (logical addresses) when viewed from a microprocessor or the like are represented.
- addresses logical addresses
- FIG. 8 shows the concept of a page serving as a data write unit when viewed from a microprocessor or the like for controlling an EEPROM.
- one page is defined by N bytes, and addresses (logical addresses) when viewed from a microprocessor or the like are represented.
- data (X 1 ,X 2 ,X 3 ) are always completed. For this reason, no problem is posed.
- the combinations between the data (X 1 ,X 2 ,X 3 ) and data (Y 1 ,Y 2 ) are formed as shown in Tables 2 and 3 such that the additional data write operation can be performed.
- the relationships between the data (X 1 ,X 2 ,X 3 ) and the data (Y 1 ,Y 2 ) shown in Tables 2 and 3 are only examples, and the relationships between the data (X 1 ,X 2 ,X 3 ) and the data (Y 1 ,Y 2 ) are not limited to the relationships shown in Tables 2 and 3.
- additional data can be written in the same manner as described above.
- FIG. 9A shows a data write algorithm. After a data loading operation is performed, a write operation, a verify read operation, and a write end detecting operation are repeatedly performed. The operations enclosed by a dotted line are automatically performed in the EEPROM.
- FIG. 9B shows an additional data write algorithm. After a read operation and a data loading operation are performed, a verify read operation, a write end detecting operation, and a write operation are repeatedly performed. The operations enclosed by a dotted line are automatically performed in the EEPROM.
- the verify read operation is performed after the data loading operation is performed because data is prevented from being written in a memory cell in which data “1” or “2” is written in advance. If the verify read operation is not performed after the data loading operation is performed, an excessive write operation may be performed.
- FIG. 10 shows write characteristics with respect to the threshold voltage of a memory cell in the EEPROM described above.
- a write operation in a memory cell in which data “1” is to be written and a write operation in a memory cell in which data “2” is to be written are performed at once, and write periods of time are independently set for these memory cells.
- Table 4 shows the potentials at several positions of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, and a verify read operation.
- FIG. 11 shows the detailed arrangements of a memory cell array 1 and a bit line control circuit 2 in a NOR-cell EEPROM according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
- a NOR cell is constituted by only a memory cell M 10 .
- One terminal of the NOR cell is connected to a bit line BL, and the other terminal is connected to a common ground line.
- Memory cells M which share one control gate WL constitute a page.
- Each of the memory cells M stores data at a threshold voltage Vt thereof.
- the memory cell stores data “0” indicating that the threshold voltage Vt is not less than Vcc, stores data “1” indicating that the threshold voltage Vt is lower than Vcc and not less than 2.5 V, and stores data “2” indicating that the threshold voltage Vt is lower than 2.5 V and not less than 0 V.
- One memory cell can have three states, and nine combinations can be obtained by two memory cells. Of these nine combinations, eight combinations are used, and data of three bits are stored in the two memory cells. In this embodiment, data of three bits are stored in a pair of adjacent memory cells which share a control gate.
- a flip-flop is constituted by clocked synchronous inverters CI 5 and CI 6
- a flip-flop is constituted by clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 .
- These flip-flops latch write/read data.
- the flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 5 and CI 6 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
- an n-channel MOS transistor Qn 18 transfers a voltage VPR to a bit line when a precharge signal PRE goes to “H” level.
- a bit line connection signal BLC goes to “H” level, an n-channel MOS transistor Qn 19 connects the bit line to a main bit line control circuit.
- N-channel MOS transistors Qn 20 to Qn 23 and Qn 25 to Qn 28 selectively transfer voltages VBLH, VBLM, and a voltage of 0 V to the bit line in accordance with the data latched in the above flip-flops, when signals SAC 2 and SAC 1 go to “H” level, n-channel MOS transistors Qn 24 and Qn 29 respectively connect the flip-flops to the bit line.
- An n-channel MOS transistor Qn 30 is arranged to detect whether all the data of one page latched in the flip-flops are identical to each other.
- n-channel MOS transistors Qn 31 and Qn 32 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to a data input/output line IOA or IOB
- n-channel MOS transistors Qn 33 and Qn 34 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to the data input/output line IOA or IOB.
- FIG. 12 shows read operation timings
- FIG. 13 shows write operation timings
- FIG. 14 shows verify read operation timings.
- a read operation is executed by two basic cycles.
- the voltage VPR becomes a power supply voltage Vcc to precharge a bit line, and the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float.
- the control gate WL is set to be 2.5 V. Only when the threshold voltage Vt of a selected memory cell is set to be 2.5 V or less, i.e., data “2” is written in this memory cell, the bit line goes to “L” level.
- sense activation signals SEN 2 and SEN 2 B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, and latch activation signals LAT 2 and LAT 2 B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, thereby resetting the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 .
- the signal SAC 2 goes to “H” level to connect the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 to the bit line.
- the latch activation signals LAT 2 and LAT 2 B go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, and the information of data “2” or “1” or data “0” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 .
- the voltage of the selection control gate WL is not set to be 2.5 V but is set to be Vcc, and signals SEN 1 , SEN 1 B, LAT 1 , LAT 1 B, and SAC 1 are output in place of the signals SEN 2 , SEN 2 B, LAT 2 , LAT 2 B, and SAC 2 . Therefore, in the second read cycle, the information of data “0” or data “1” or “2” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 5 and CI 6 .
- the data of the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltage Vt of each of the memory cells is set to be Vcc or more.
- the control gate WL is set to be 20 V, and the bit line is set to be 0 V, thereby performing an erase operation.
- the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float.
- Signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , FIM, and FIL are set to be Vcc.
- the bit line is set to be 0 V.
- the bit line is set to be Vcc.
- the signals BLC, VRFY 2 , FIM, and FIL and a voltage VSA are set to be 10 V
- the voltage VBLH is set to be 8 V
- the voltage VBLM is set to be 7 V.
- the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI 7 goes to “H” level
- a voltage of 7 V is applied to the bit line BL.
- the bit line is set to be 8 V.
- the bit line is set to be 0 V.
- the selected control gate WL is set to be ⁇ 12 V.
- a “1”- or “2”-data write operation electrons are discharged from the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells by the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate WL, and the threshold voltages of the memory cells decrease.
- the bit line BL is set to be 7 V to relax the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate WL to 19 V.
- the threshold voltages of the memory cells are not effectively changed by a bit line voltage of 0 V.
- a verify read operation is performed to check the written states of the memory cells and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written.
- the voltages VBLH and FIM are set to be Vcc and 0 V, respectively.
- the verify read operation is executed through two basic cycles. Each of the basic cycles is almost identical to the second read cycle except that the voltage of the selected control gate WL and signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , and FIL are output (only the signal VRFY 1 is output in the first verify read cycle).
- the signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , and FIL are output before the signals SEN 1 , SEN 1 B, LAT 1 , and LAT 1 B go to “L” level, “H” level, “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the control gate WL is reset to 0 V.
- the signals VRFY 1 , VRFY 2 , and FIL are output before the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 5 and CI 6 is reset after the potential of the bit line is determined by the threshold voltages of the memory cells.
- the potential of the selected control gate WL is set to be 2 V (first cycle) and 4 V (second cycle) which are respectively lower than 2.5 V (first cycle) and Vcc (second cycle) in the read operation to assure a threshold voltage margin.
- data (data 1 ) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 5 and CI 6 data (data 2 ) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI 7 and CI 8 , and the voltage of the bit line BL determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell will be described below.
- the data 1 controls a “0”-data write operation or a “1”- or “2”-data write operation.
- the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 20 is set in an “ON” state when the “0”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 23 is set in an “ON” state when the “1”- or “2”-data write operation is performed.
- the data 2 controls a “1”-data write operation or “2”-data write operation.
- the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 26 is set in an “ON” state when the “1”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn 27 is set in an “ON” state when the “2”-data write operation is performed.
- the data of the memory cell is to be data “2”.
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 4 V or less
- the control gate WL is set to be 4 V
- the bit line potential goes to “L” level (( 10 ) and ( 11 ) in FIG. 14 )
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 4 V or more
- the bit line potential goes to “H” level (( 9 ) in FIG. 14 ).
- rewrite data are set as shown in the following Table 1 on the basis of the write data and the written states of the memory cells, as in the first embodiment.
- the n-channel MOS transistors Qn 30 of all columns are set in an “OFF” state, and data write operation end information is output by a signal PENDB.
- Data input/output operation timings, a data write algorithm, and an additional data write algorithm in the second embodiments are the same as those of the first embodiment as shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 and Tables 2 and 3.
- FIG. 15 shows write characteristics with respect to the threshold voltages of memory cells in the EEPROM described above.
- a write operation in a memory cell in which data “1” is to be written and a write operation in a memory cell in which data “2” is to be written are performed at once, and write periods of time are independently set for these memory cells.
- Table 5 shows the potentials at BL and WL of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, and a verify read operation.
- the circuits shown in FIGS. 3 and 11 can be modified into, e.g., the circuits shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , respectively.
- the n-channel MOS transistors Qn 3 and Qn 4 are replaced with p-channel MOS transistor Qp 1 and Qp 2 , respectively.
- the n-channel MOS transistors Qn 22 and Qn 23 and the n-channel MOS transistors Qn 25 to Qn 28 are replaced with p-channel MOS transistors Qp 3 to Qp 8 .
- a voltage which can be transferred through transistors can be prevented from dropping according to the threshold voltage of the n-channel MOS transistor.
- a signal VRFY 1 B in FIG. 16 is the inverted signal of the VRFY 1 in FIGS. 2 and 3 .
- Signals VRFY 2 B, FILB, and FIMB are inverted signals of the signals VRFY 2 , FIL, and FIM in FIG. 11 , respectively.
- the additional data write operation is described in FIG. 8 .
- FIG. 18 it is one effective method that one page is divided into areas to easily perform an additional data write operation.
- one area is constituted by 22 memory cells set every 32 logical addresses.
- an additional data write operation in units of areas can be easily performed. More specifically, when additional data is to be written in the area 2 , the write data in all areas except for the area 2 are set to be data “0”, and the additional data may be written in the area 2 according to the data write algorithm shown in FIG. 9 A.
- Each area may have a size except for the size of each of the areas shown in FIG. 18 .
- FIG. 20 shows a memory cell array 1 of a NAND-cell EEPROM according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
- the memory cell array 1 is formed on a p-type well or a p-type substrate, and eight memory cells M 1 to M 8 are connected in series between a selection transistor S 1 connected to a bit line BL and a selection transistor S 2 connected to a common source line Vs, thereby constituting one NAND cell.
- the selection transistors S (S 1 and S 2 ) have selection gates SG (SG 1 and SG 2 ), respectively.
- the memory cells have floating gates (charge accumulation layers) and control gates CG (CG 1 to CGS) which are stacked and formed on each other.
- the memory cells store information by using amounts of charges accumulated in the floating gates of the memory cells. The amounts of accumulated charges can be read out as the threshold voltages of the corresponding memory cells.
- such a threshold voltage is read out as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B .
- the memory cell M 2 having the control gate CG 2 is selected.
- a voltage is applied to each portion, and the bit line BL is set in a floating state.
- the bit line BL is reset to 0 V in advance, the bit line BL is charged by the common source line Vs through the NAND cell.
- the selection gate voltages and control gate voltages are controlled such that the potential of the charged bit line BL is determined by the threshold voltage of the selected memory cell M 2 .
- the selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 , the control gates CG 1 and CG 3 to CG 8 are set to be 6 V
- the selected control gate CG 2 is set to be 2 V
- the common source line Vs is set to be 6 V.
- the voltage waveforms of these parts are shown in FIG. 21 B.
- a threshold voltage of 2 V or less can be read out.
- the threshold voltage of each non-selected memory cell is controlled to be 2.5 V or less
- a threshold voltage of ⁇ 1.5 V or more can be read out.
- the potential of the bit line BL is 0 V
- a threshold voltage of 2 V or more can be read out; when the bit line potential is 3.5 V, a threshold voltage of ⁇ 1.5 V or less can be read out.
- the voltages of the selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 and the non-selected control gates CG 1 and CG 3 to CG 8 are made sufficiently high, a threshold voltage of up to ⁇ 4 V can also be read out.
- FIG. 22 The relationship between the threshold voltage of the memory cell and a bit line output voltage in this case is shown in FIG. 22 .
- a threshold voltage is obtained in consideration of a back bias voltage hereinafter, unless otherwise specified.
- FIG. 23 shows the relationship between a write time and a bit line output voltage in a read operation when a bit line output voltage in the read operation is not limited to the threshold voltage of each non-selected memory cell.
- the bit line output voltage does not change unless the threshold voltage becomes ⁇ 1 V or more, as a result of electron injection into the floating gate.
- the threshold voltage of each non-selected memory cell is positive, the bit line output voltage in the read operation is limited.
- a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 3 to 4 V may be set as data “0” (erased state)
- a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 1 to 2 V may be set as data “1”.
- a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 3.5 to 4.5 V may be set as data “0” (erased state)
- a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 1.5 to 2.5 V may be set as data “1”
- a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 0 to 0.5 V may be set as data “2”.
- FIG. 26 shows a memory cell array 1 of a NOR-cell EEPROM according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- the memory cell array 1 is formed on a p-type well or a p-type substrate, and each memory cell M is arranged between a bit line BL and a common source line Vs.
- Each memory cell has a floating gate and a word line WL which are stacked and formed on each other.
- the threshold voltages of the memory cells are read out as shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B . Voltages are applied as shown in FIG. 27A , and the bit line BL is set in a floating state. When the bit line BL is reset to 0 V in advance, the bit line BL is charged by the common source line Vs through the memory cell. The potential of the charged bit line BL is determined by the threshold voltage of selected memory cell M.
- the word line WL is set to be 6 V
- the common source line Vs is set to be 6 V.
- the voltage waveforms of these parts are shown in FIG. 27 B.
- a threshold voltage of 0 to 6 V can be read out.
- the potential of the bit line BL is 0 V
- a threshold voltage of 6 V or more can be read out; when the bit line potential is 6 V, a threshold voltage of 0 V or less can be read out.
- FIG. 28 The relationship between the threshold voltage of the memory cell and a bit line output voltage in this case is shown in FIG. 28 .
- a solid line in FIG. 28 is obtained.
- the bit line voltage becomes equal to the back bias voltage in practice, and the bit line output voltage decreases as indicated by a chain line in FIG. 28 .
- FIG. 29 shows the relationship between a write time and a bit line output voltage in a read operation.
- the voltage of the common source line in the read operation is 3 V
- the threshold voltage becomes 3 V or less according to electron discharge from the floating gate
- the bit line output voltage does not change.
- the bit line output voltage in the read operation does not change at the threshold voltage of 0 V or less.
- a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 1 to 2 V may be set as data “0” (erased state)
- a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 3 to 4 V may be set as data “1”.
- a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 0 to 0.5 V may be set as data “0” (erased state)
- a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 1.5 to 2.5 V may be set as data “1”
- a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 3.5 to 4.5 V may be set as data “2”.
- FIG. 32 shows the arrangement of a ternary storage type EEPROM according to the third and fourth embodiments of the present invention.
- a bit line control circuit 2 for controlling a bit line in read/write operations and a word line drive circuit 7 for controlling a word line potential are arranged.
- the bit line control circuit 2 is selected by a column decoder 3 .
- the bit line control circuit 2 receives and outputs read/write data from/to an input/output data conversion circuit 5 through a data input/output line (IO line).
- IO line data input/output line
- the input/output data con 10 version circuit 5 converts multivalue information of a readout memory cell into binary information to externally output the multivalue information, and converts the binary information of external input write data into the multivalue information of a memory cell.
- the input/output data conversion circuit 5 is connected to a data input/output buffer 6 for controlling a data input/output operation with an external circuit.
- FIG. 33 shows the detailed arrangements of a memory cell array 1 and a bit line control circuit 2 in a NAND-cell EEPROM according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
- One terminal of the NAND cell is connected to a bit line BL, and the other terminal is connected to a common source line Vs.
- Selection gates SG 1 and SG 2 and control gates CG 1 to CG 8 are shared by a plurality of NAND cells, and memory cells M which share one control gate constitute a page.
- Each of the memory cells M stores data at a threshold voltage Vt thereof.
- the memory cell stores data “0”, data “1”, and data “2”.
- One memory cell has three states, and nine combinations can be obtained by two memory cells. Of these nine combinations, eight combinations are used, and data of three bits are stored in the two memory cells.
- data of three bits are stored in a pair of adjacent memory cells which share a control gate.
- the memory cell arrays 1 ((a) and (b)) are formed on dedicated p-type wells, respectively.
- N-channel MOS transistors (n-ch Trs.) Qn 8 to Qn 10 and p-channel MOS transistors (p-ch Trs.) Qp 3 to Qp 5 constitute a flip-flop FF 1
- Qp 6 to Qp 8 constitute a flip-flop FF 2 .
- These flip-flops latch write/read data.
- the flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers.
- the flip-flop FF 1 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
- the flip-flop FF 2 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 1 transfers a voltage Va to a bit line BLa when a precharge signal ⁇ pa goes to “H” level.
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 20 transfers a voltage Vb to a bit line BLb when a precharge signal ⁇ pb goes to “H” level.
- Qp 1 and Qp 2 selectively transfer voltages VBHa, VBMa, and VBLa to the bit line BLa in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF 1 and FF 2 .
- Qp 9 and Qp 10 selectively transfer voltages VBHb, VBMb, and VBLb to the bit line BLb in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF 1 and FF 2 .
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 2 connects the flip-flop FF 1 to the bit line BLa when a signal ⁇ a 1 goes to “H” level.
- An n-ch Tr Qn 3 connects the flip-flop FF 2 to the bit line BLa when a signal ⁇ a 2 goes to “H”.
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 19 connects the flip-flop FF 1 to the bit line BLb when a signal ⁇ b 1 goes to “H” level.
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 18 connects the flip-flop FF 2 to the bit line BLb when a signal ⁇ b 2 goes to “H” level.
- FIG. 34 shows read operation timings
- FIG. 35 shows write operation timings
- FIG. 36 shows verify read operation timings.
- FIGS. 34 to 36 show timings obtained when a control gate CG 2 a is selected.
- the read operation is executed by two basic cycles.
- the voltage Vb is set to be 3 V
- the bit line BLb serving as a dummy bit line is precharged.
- the precharge signal ⁇ pa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float, and a common source line Vsa is set to be 6 V.
- selection gates SG 1 a and SG 2 a and control gates CG 1 a and CG 3 a to CG 8 a are set to be 6 V.
- the selected control gate CG 2 a is set to be 2 V. Only when data “0” is written in the selected memory cell, the voltage of the bit line BLa is set to be 3 V or more.
- flip-flop activation signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF 1 .
- the signals ⁇ a 1 and ⁇ b 1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF 1 to the bit lines BLa and BLb.
- the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential, and the flip-flop FF 1 latches the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
- the voltage of the dummy bit line BLb is not 3 V but is 1 V, and signals ⁇ a 2 , ⁇ b 2 , ⁇ n 2 , and ⁇ p 2 are output in place of the signals ⁇ a 1 , ⁇ b 1 , ⁇ n 1 , and ⁇ p 1 . Therefore, in the second read cycle, the flip-flop FF 2 latches the information of data “2” or the information of data “1” or “0”.
- Data in the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltages Vt of the memory cells are set to be ⁇ 1.5 V or less.
- the common source line Vsa and the selection gates SG 1 a and SG 2 a are set to be 20 V, and the control gates CG 1 a to CG 8 a are set to be 0 V, thereby performing an erase operation.
- the precharge signal ⁇ pa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float.
- the selection gate SG 1 a is set to be Vcc, and the control gates CG 1 a to CG 8 a are set to be Vcc.
- the selection gate SG 2 a is set to be 0 V during the write operation.
- a signal VRFYa goes to “H” level
- a signal PBa goes to “L” level.
- the bit line BLa is charged to Vcc by the voltage VBHa.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V.
- the selection gate SG 1 a and the control gates CG 1 a to CG 8 a are set to be 10 V
- the voltage VBHa and a voltage vrw are set to be 8 V
- the voltage VBMa is set to be 1 V.
- the flip-flop FF 2 since the flip-flop FF 2 latches data such that the potential of a node N 3 goes to “L” level, a voltage of 1 V is applied to the bit line BLa by the voltage VBMa.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V in the “2”-data write operation, and bit line BLa is set to be 8 V in the “0”-data write operation.
- the selected control gate CG 2 a is set to be 20 V.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 1 V to relax the potential difference between the bit line BLa and the control gate CG 2 a to 19 V.
- the threshold voltages of the memory cells do not effectively change according to the bit line voltage of 8 V.
- the selection gate SG 1 a and the control gates CG 1 a to CG 8 a are set to be 0 V, and then the voltage of the bit line BLa set to be 8 V in the “0”-data write operation is reset to 0 V with a time lag. This is because, when the order of the resetting operations is reversed, a “2”-data write operation state is temporarily set, and erroneous data is written in the “0”-data write operation.
- a verify read operation is performed to check the written state of the memory cell and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written.
- the verify read operation is similar to the first read cycle except that the data of the flip-flop FF 1 is inverted, the voltage Vb is set to be Vcc, the signal VRFYa and a signal VRFYb are output, and at this time, the voltages VBLb and VBMb are set to be 2.5 V and 0.5 V, respectively.
- the voltage of the bit line BLb is determined by the voltages Vb, VBLb, and VBMb and the data of the flip-flops FF 1 and FF 2 .
- the signals VRFYa and VRFYb are output before the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the selection gates SG 1 a and SG 2 a and the control gates CG 1 a to CG 8 a are reset to 0 V.
- the signals VRFYa and VRFYb are output before the flip-flop FF 1 is reset after the potential of the bit line BLa is determined by the threshold voltage of the memory cell.
- the inverting operation of the data of the flip-flop FF 1 will be described below.
- the voltage Vb is set to be 2.5 V to precharge the bit line BLb serving as a dummy bit line.
- the precharge signals ⁇ pa and ⁇ pb go to “L” level to cause the bit lines BLa and BLb to float.
- the signal PBa goes to “L” level, and the bit line BLa is charged to 2.5 V or more only when the potential of the node N 1 is set at “L” level.
- the flip-flop activation signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF 1 .
- the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ b 1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF 1 to the bit lines BLa and BLb, and the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential. By this operation, the data of the flip-flop FF 1 is inverted.
- the data (data 1 ) latched in the flip-flop FF 1 , the data (data 2 ) latched in the flip-flop FF 2 , and the voltages of the bit lines BLa and BLb determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell and obtained after the data inverting operation will be described below.
- the data 1 controls “0”-data write operation or “1”- or “2”-data write operation. In the “0”-data write operation, the potential of the node N 1 goes to “H” level set upon the data inverting operation. In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the potential of the node N 1 goes to “L” level set upon the data inverting operation.
- the data 2 controls “1”-data write operation or “2”-data write operation.
- the potential of the node N 3 goes to “L” level in the “1”-data write operation, and the potential of the node N 3 goes to “H” level in the “2”-data write operation.
- the signal VRFYb goes to “H” level, and the dummy bit line BLb is set to be 2.5 V.
- the voltage of the bit line BLa is 2.5 V or more, and the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 1 such that the potential of the node N 1 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “1”.
- the bit line BLa is 2.5 V or less
- the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 1 such that the potential of the node N 1 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
- the signal VRFYb goes to “H” level to set the dummy bit line BLb to be 0.5 V.
- the voltage of the bit line BLa is 0.5 or more
- the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 1 such that the potential of the node N 1 goes to “H” level
- rewrite data to be latched is data “2”
- the voltage of the bit line BLa is 0.5 V or less
- the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 1 such that the potential of the node N 1 goes to “L” level
- rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
- rewrite data is set as described in the following table (Table 6) on the basis of write data and the written state of the memory cell.
- the write operation and the verify read operation are repeatedly performed, thereby performing a data write operation.
- Table 7 shows the potentials at the several points of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, a read operation, and a verify read operation.
- FIG. 37 shows the detailed arrangement of a memory cell array and a bit line control circuit 2 in a NOR-cell EEPROM according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- One terminal of a NOR cell is connected to a bit line BL, and the other terminal is connected to a common source line Vs.
- a word line WL is shared by a plurality of NOR cells, and memory cells M which share one word line constitute a page.
- Each memory cell stores data by using a threshold voltage Vt of the corresponding memory cell, and as shown in FIG. 31 , stores data “0”, data “1”, and data “2”.
- One memory cell has three states, and nine combinations can be obtained by two memory cells. Of these nine combinations, eight combinations are used, and data of three bits are stored in the two memory cells. In this embodiment, data of three bits are stored in a pair of adjacent memory cells which share a word line.
- the memory cell arrays 1 ((a) and (b)) are formed on a p-type substrate.
- N-ch Trs. Qn 26 to Qn 28 and p-ch Trs. Qp 15 to Qp 17 constitute a flip-flop FF 3
- Qp 18 to Qp 20 constitute a flip-flop FF 4 .
- These flip-flops latch write/read data.
- the flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers.
- the flip-flop FF 3 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
- the flip-flop FF 4 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
- Qp 21 to Qp 24 selectively transfer voltages VBHb and VBMb and a voltage of 0 V to the bit line BLb in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF 3 and FF 4 .
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 22 connects the flip-flop FF 3 to the bit line BLa when a signal ⁇ a 1 goes to “H” level.
- An n-ch Tr Qn 23 connects the flip-flop FF 4 to the bit line BLa when a signal ⁇ a 2 goes to “H” level.
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 35 connects the flip-flop FF 3 to the bit line BLb when a signal ⁇ b 1 goes to “H” level.
- An n-ch Tr. Qn 34 connects the flip-flop FF 4 to the bit line BLb when a signal ⁇ b 2 goes to “H” level.
- FIG. 38 shows read operation timings
- FIG. 39 shows write operation timings
- FIG. 40 shows verify read operation timings.
- FIGS. 38 to 40 show timings obtained when a word line WLa is selected.
- the read operation is executed by two basic cycles.
- the voltage Vb becomes 1 V to precharge the bit line BLb serving as a dummy bit line.
- the precharge signal ⁇ pa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float, and a common source line Vsa is set to be 6 V.
- the word line WLa is set to be 6 V. Only when data “0” is written in the selected memory cell, the voltage of the bit line BLa is set to be 0.5 V or less.
- flip-flop activation signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF 3 .
- the signal ⁇ a 1 and ⁇ b 1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF 3 to the bit lines BLa and BLb.
- the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential, and the flip-flop FF 3 latches the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
- the voltage of the dummy bit line BLb is not 1 V but is 3 V, and signals ⁇ a 2 , ⁇ b 2 , ⁇ n 2 , and ⁇ p 2 are output in place of the signals ⁇ a 1 , ⁇ b 1 , ⁇ n 1 , and ⁇ p 1 . Therefore, in the second read cycle, the flip-flop FF 4 latches the information of data “2” or the information of data “1” or “0”.
- Data in the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltages Vt of the memory cells are set to be 5.5 V or more.
- the word line WLa is set to be 20 V
- the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V, thereby performing the erase operation.
- the precharge signal ⁇ pa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float.
- a signal VRFYBa goes to “L” level
- a signal Pa goes to “H” level.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V.
- the bit line BLa is set to be Vcc by the voltage VBHa or VBMa.
- each of the voltage VBHa and a voltage Vrw becomes 8 V
- the voltage VBMa becomes 7 V.
- the flip-flop FF 4 since the flip-flop FF 4 latches data such that the potential of node N 7 goes to “H” level, a voltage of 7 V is applied to the bit line BLa by the voltage VBMa.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 8 V in the “2”-data write operation
- bit line BLa is set to be 0 V in the “0”-data write operation.
- the selected word line WLa is set to be ⁇ 12 V.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 7 V to relax the potential difference between the word line WLa and the bit line BLa to 19 V.
- the threshold voltage of the memory cell does not effectively change according to the bit line voltage of 0 V.
- a verify read operation is performed to check the written state of the memory cells and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written.
- the verify read operation is similar to the first read cycle except that the data of the flip-flop FF 3 is inverted, the voltage Vb is 0 V, the signal VRFYBa and a signal VRFYBb are output, and at this time, the voltages VBHb and VBMb become 1.5 V and 3.5 V, respectively.
- the voltage of the bit line BLb is determined by the voltages Vb, VBHb, and VBMb and the data of the flip-flops FF 3 and FF 4 .
- the signals VRFYBa and VRFYBb are output before the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the word line WLa is reset to 0 V. In other words, the signals VRFYBa and VRFYBb are output before the flip-flop FF 3 is reset after the potential of the bit line BLa is determined by the threshold voltages of the memory cells.
- the inverting operation of the data of the flip-flop FF 3 will be described below.
- the voltages Va and Vb become Vcc and 2.5 V, respectively, to precharge the bit line BLa and BLb.
- the precharge signals ⁇ pa and ⁇ pb go to “L” level to cause the bit lines BLa and BLb to float.
- the signal Pa goes to “H” level, and the bit line BLa is discharged to 2.5 V or less only when the potential of the node N 5 is set at “H” level.
- the flip-flop activation signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF 3
- the signals ⁇ a 1 and ⁇ b 1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF 3 to the bit lines BLa and BLb
- the signals ⁇ n 1 and ⁇ p 1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential.
- the data of the flip-flop FF 3 is inverted.
- the data (data 1 ) latched in the flip-flop FF 3 , the data (data 2 ) latched in the flip-flop FF 4 , and the voltages of the bit lines BLa and BLb determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell and obtained after the data inverting operation will be described below.
- the data 1 controls “0”-data write operation or “1”- or “2”-data write operation. In the “0”-data write operation, the potential of the node N 5 goes to “L” level set upon the data inverting operation. In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the potential of the node N 5 goes to “H” level set upon the data inverting operation.
- the data 2 controls “1”-data write operation or “2”-data write operation.
- the potential of the node N 7 goes to “H” level in the “1”-data write operation, and the potential of the node N 7 goes to “L” level in the “2”-data write operation.
- the signal VRFYBb goes to “L” level to set the dummy bit line BLb to be 1.5 V. Therefore, when the memory cell does not reach a “1”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is set to be 1.5 V or less, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 3 such that the potential of the node N 5 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “1”.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 1.5 V or more, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 3 such that the potential of the node N 5 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
- the signal VRFYBb goes to “L” level to set the dummy bit line BLb to be 3.5 V. Therefore, when the memory cell does not reach a “2”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is set to be 3.5 or less, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 3 such that the potential of the node N 5 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “2”.
- the bit line BLa is set to be 3.5 V or more, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF 3 such that the potential of the node N 5 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
- the write operation and the verify read operation are repeatedly performed, thereby performing a data write operation.
- the following table shows the potentials at BLa, WLa and Vsa of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, a read operation, and a verify read operation.
- FIG. 41 shows a circuit for controlling data input/output operations between the flip-flops FF 1 and FF 2 shown in FIG. 33 or the flip-flops FF 3 and FF 4 shown in FIG. 37 and the input/output data conversion circuit shown in FIG. 32 .
- An inverter I 1 and a NAND circuit G 1 constitute a column decoder 3 .
- a column activation signal CENB goes to “H” level
- a decoder output selected by an address signal goes to “H” level
- nodes A, B, C, and D are connected to input/output lines IOA 1 , IOB 1 , IOA 2 , and IOB 2 , respectively.
- the nodes A, B, C, and D correspond to the nodes N 1 , N 2 , N 3 , and N 4 in FIG. 33 , respectively, and correspond to the nodes N 6 , N 5 , N 8 , and N 7 in FIG. 37 , respectively.
- the relationships between read/write data and the input/output lines IOA 1 , IOB 1 , IOA 2 , and IOB 2 are summarized in the following table (Table 9).
- IOA1 IOB1 IOA2 IOB2 Write Data 0 L H — — 1 H L L H 2 H L H L (a) Read Data 0 H L H L 1 L H H L 2 L H L H (b)
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Read Only Memory (AREA)
Abstract
An EEPROM having a memory cell array in which electrically programmable memory cells are arranged in a matrix and each of the memory cells has three storage states, includes a plurality of data circuits for temporarily storing data for controlling write operation states of the plurality of memory cells, a write circuit for performing a write operation in accordance with the contents of the data circuits respectively corresponding to the memory cells, a write verify circuit for confirming states of the memory cells set upon the write operation, and a data updating circuit for updating the contents of the data circuits such that a rewrite operation is performed to only a memory cell, in which data is not sufficiently written, on the basis of the contents of the data circuits and the states of the memory cells set upon the write operation. A write operation, a write verify operation, and a data circuit content updating operation based on the contents of the data circuits are repeatedly performed until the memory cells are set in predetermined written states.
Description
Notice: More than one reissue application has been filed for the reissue of U.S. Pat. No. 5,570,315. The reissue applications that have been filed for the reissue of U.S. Pat. No. 5,570,315 include parent reissue application Ser. No. 09/134,897 filed on Aug. 17, 1998, now abandoned, and this reissue application Ser. No. 11/451,588. In addition, reissue applications Ser. No. 11/451,584; Ser. No. 11/451,585; Ser. No. 11/451,586; Ser. No. 11/451,587; Ser. No. 11/451,589; Ser. No. 451,590; Ser. No. 451,591; Ser. No. 451,592; and Ser. No. 11/451,593 have been filed as additional division reissue applications of the above-noted parent reissue application so as to be consistent with the Restriction Requirement mailed in the above-noted parent reissue application on Apr. 20, 2006. Requirement mailed in the above-noted parent reissue application on Apr. 20, 2006.
1. Field of the Invention
The present invention relates to an electrically programmable nonvolatile semiconductor memory device (EEPROM) and, more particularly, to an EEPROM for performing a multivalue storing operation for storing information of two or more bits in one memory cell.
2. Description of the Related Art
As one of EEPROMs, a NAND EEPROM which can be integrated at a high density is known. In this NAND EEPROM, a plurality of memory cells are connected in series with each other as one unit such that adjacent memory cells have a source and a drain in common, and these memory cells are connected to a bit line. A memory cell generally has an FETMOS structure in which a charge accumulation layer and a control gate are stacked. A memory cell array is integrated and formed in a p-type well formed in a p- or n-type substrate. The drain side of a NAND cell is connected to a bit line through a selection gate, and the source side is connected to a common source line through a selection gate. The control gates of memory cells are continuously arranged in a row direction to form a word line.
The operation of this NAND-cell EEPROM is as follows. A data write operation is sequentially performed from a memory cell at a position farthest from the bit line. A high voltage Vpp (=about 20 V) is applied to the control gate of a selected memory cell, an intermediate voltage Vppm (=about 10 V) is applied to the control gate and selection gate of a memory cell closer to the bit line than the selected memory cell, and a voltage of 0 V or an intermediate voltage Vm (=about 8 V) is applied to the bit line in accordance with data. When the voltage of 0 V is applied to the bit line, the potential of the bit line is transferred to the drain of the selected memory cell, and electrons are injected into the charge accumulation layer of the selected memory cell. In this case, the threshold voltage of the selected memory cell is positively shifted. This state is represented by, e.g., “1”. When the voltage Vm is applied to the bit line, electrons are not effectively injected into the charge accumulation layer of the selected memory cell, and, therefore, the threshold voltage of the selected memory cell is kept negative without being changed. This state is an erased state, and is represented by “0”. A data write operation is performed to memory cells which share a control gate at once.
A data erase operation is performed to all the memory cells in a NAND cell at once. More specifically, all the control gates are set to be 0 V, and the p-type well is set to be 20 V. At this time, the selection gate, the bit line, and the source line are set to be 20 V. In this manner, electrons are discharged from the charge accumulation layers of all the memory cells into the p-type well, and the threshold voltages of the memory cells are negatively shifted.
A data read operation is performed as follows. That is, the control gate of a selected memory cell is set to be 0 V, the control gates and selection gates of the remaining memory cells are set to be a power supply potential Vcc (e.g., 5 V), and it is detected whether a current flows in the selected memory cell. Due to restrictions of the read operation, a threshold voltage set upon a “1”-data write operation must be controlled to fall within a range of 0 V to Vcc. For this purpose, a write verify operation is performed to detect only a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written, and rewritten data is set such that a rewrite operation is performed to only the memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written (bit-by-bit verify operation). The memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written is detected by performing a read operation (verify read operation) such that a selected control gate is set to be, e.g., 0.5 V (verify voltage).
More specifically, when the threshold voltage of the memory cell has a margin with respect to 0 V and is not set to be 0.5 V or more, a current flows in the selected memory cell, and the selected memory cell is detected as a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written. Since a current flows in a memory cell set to be a “0”-data-written state, a circuit called a verify circuit for compensating the current flowing in the memory cell is arranged to prevent the memory cell from being erroneously recognized as a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written. This verify circuit executes a write verify operation at a high speed. When a data write operation is performed while a write operation and a write verify operation are repeated, a write time for each memory cell is made optimum, and the threshold voltage of each memory cell set upon a “1”-data write operation is controlled to fall within a range of 0 V to Vcc.
In this NAND-cell EEPROM, in order to realize a multivalue storing operation, for example, it is considered that states set upon a write operation are set to be three states represented by “0”, “1”, and “2”. A “0”-data-written state is defined as a state wherein the threshold voltage is negative, a “1”-data-written state is defined as a state wherein the threshold voltage ranges from 0 V to ½ Vcc, and a “2”-data-written state is defined as a state wherein the threshold voltage ranges from ½ Vcc to Vcc. In a conventional verify circuit, a memory cell set to be a “0”-data written state can be prevented from being erroneously recognized as a memory cell in which data “1” or “2” is not sufficiently written.
However, the conventional verify circuit is not designed for a multivalue storing operation. For this reason, assuming that a memory cell set to be a data “2”-written state has a threshold voltage equal to or higher than a verify voltage for detecting whether data “1” is not sufficiently written and equal to or lower than ½ Vcc, when it is to be detected whether data “1” is not sufficiently written, no current flows in the memory cell, and the memory cell is erroneously recognized as a memory cell in which data “2” is sufficiently written.
In addition, in order to prevent erroneous recognition of a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written and to perform a multivalue write verify operation, a verify write operation is performed to set a memory cell, in which data “1” is sufficiently written, in a “2”-data-written state, by detecting whether the memory cell is a memory cell in which data “2” is not sufficiently written. However, in this case, a memory cell set to be a “2”-data-written state is set in a “1”-data-written state at first and is then set in a “2”-data-written state. For this reason, a longer time is required for the write operation, and the write operation cannot be performed at a high speed.
As described above, when a conventional NAND-cell EEPROM is used for performing a multivalue storing operation, and a bit-by-bit verify operation is performed by a conventional verify circuit, an erroneous verify operation is disadvantageously performed.
It is an object of the present invention to provide an EEPROM capable of storing multivalue information and performing a write verify operation at high speed without causing an erroneous verify operation.
According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device capable of storing multivalue data, characterized by comprising a memory cell array in which memory cells which can be electrically programmed and each of which has at least three storage states are arranged in a matrix, a plurality of write data circuits for temporarily storing data for controlling write operation states of the plurality of memory cells in the memory cell array, write means for simultaneously performing a write operation to the plurality of memory cells in accordance with contents of the data circuits respectively corresponding to the plurality of memory cells, verify means for simultaneously checking states of the plurality of memory cells set upon the write operation, and means for updating the contents of the write data circuits such that a rewrite operation is performed to only a memory cell, in which data is not sufficiently written, on the basis of the contents of the data circuits and the states of the memory cells set upon the write operation, wherein the write operation based on the contents of the data circuits, a write verify operation, and an operation for updating the contents of the write data circuits are repeatedly performed until the plurality of memory cells are set in predetermined written states, thereby electrically performing a data write operation.
According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device having a memory cell array constituted by a plurality of memory cells which are arranged in a matrix and each of which can be electrically programmed, each of the memory cells having arbitrary data “i” (i=0, 1, . . . , n−1: n≧3) as at least three storage states, and a storage state corresponding to data “0” being an erasure state, characterized by comprising a plurality of data circuits each serving as a sense amplifier and having a function of storing sensed information as data for controlling a write operation state of a corresponding memory cell, write means for simultaneously performing a write operation to the plurality of memory cells in accordance with contents of the data circuits respectively corresponding to the plurality of memory cells, ith (i=1, 2, . . . , n−1) write verify means for simultaneously checking whether the storage state of each of the plurality of memory cells set upon the write operation becomes a storage state of data “i”, ith (i=1, . . . , n−1) data circuit content simultaneous updating means for simultaneously updating the contents of data circuits corresponding to a memory cell in which data “i” is to be stored, such that a rewrite operation is performed to only a memory cell, in which data is not sufficiently written, on the basis of the contents of the data circuits and the storage states of the memory cells after the write operation, and data circuit content updating means for performing a storage checking operation performed by the ith write verify means and a simultaneous updating operation performed by the ith data circuit content simultaneous updating means, from data “1” to data “n−1”n−1 times so as to update the contents of all the plurality of data circuits, wherein the ith data circuit content simultaneous updating means, of bit line potentials at which the storage states of the memory cells set upon a write operation are output by the ith write verify means, a bit line potential corresponding to a memory cell in which data “i” (i≧1) is to be stored is sensed/stored as rewrite data, and for bit lines corresponding to memory cells in which data except for data “i” are to be stored the bit line potential at which the state of the memory cell set upon the write operation is output is corrected in accordance with the contents of the data circuits so as to sense/store to hold the contents of data circuit, holding the data storage states of the data circuits until the bit line potentials are corrected, operating the data circuits as sense amplifiers while the corrected bit line potentials are held, and simultaneously updating the contents of the data circuit corresponding to the memory cell in which data “i” is to be stored, and a write operation and a data circuit content updating operation based on the contents of the data circuits are repeatedly performed until the memory cells are set in predetermined written states, thereby electrically performing a data write operation.
Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described below.
-
- (1) The data circuits control write operation states of the memory cells in accordance with data stored in the data circuits in a write operation to perform control such that the states of the memory cells are changed into predetermined written states or the states of the memory cells are held in states set prior to the write operation.
- (2) For a data circuit corresponding to a memory cell to be set in an “i”-data-written state, an ith data circuit content simultaneous updating means changes data of the data circuit into data for controlling the state of the memory cell to hold the state of the memory cell in a state set prior to the write operation when memory cells corresponding to a data circuit in which data for changing a memory cell into an “i”-data-written state is stored reach an “i”-data-written state, sets data for controlling the state of the memory cell to change the state of the memory cell into the “i”-data-written state in the data circuit when the memory cell corresponding to the data circuit in which data for changing a memory cell into an “i”-data-written state is stored does not reach the “i”-data-written state, and sets data for controlling the state of the memory cell to hold the state of the memory cell set prior to the write operation when the data circuit stores data for controlling the state of the memory cell to hold the state of the memory cell in the state set prior to the write operation, and the ith data circuit content simultaneous updating means does not change contents of the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which data except for data “i” are to be stored.
- (3) Each of the memory cells is constituted by stacking and forming a charge accumulation layer and a control gate on a semiconductor layer and stores arbitrary data “i” (i=0, 1, . . . , n−1; n≧3) as at least three storage states and as multivalue data using magnitudes of threshold voltages, and the ith write verify means applies a predetermined ith verify potential to the control gate to verify whether a threshold voltage of a memory cell set to be the “i”-data-written state is a desired threshold voltage.
- (4) A storage state corresponding to data “0” is an erased state, a difference between the threshold voltage corresponding to the data “n−1” state and the threshold voltage corresponding to a data “0” state is a maximum, and threshold voltages corresponding to data “1”, “2”, . . . , “i”, . . . , “n−2” states range from the threshold voltage corresponding to the data “0” state to the threshold voltage corresponding to the data “n−1” state, and the threshold voltages corresponding to the data “1”, “2”, . . . , “i”, . . . , “n−2” states are ordered from the threshold voltage corresponding to the data “0” state. The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprises a first bit line potential setting circuit for, of a plurality of bit line potentials at which states of memory cells set upon a write operation are output by the ith write verify means, when the data circuits sense a bit line potential corresponding to a data circuit whose contents are data for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in states set prior to the write operation, setting the bit line potential to be a first correction bit line potential which becomes data for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold states of the memory cells in states set prior to the write operation, and a jth bit line potential setting circuit for, of bit line potentials corresponding to memory cells set to be data “j”-written states (i+1≦j) among bit line potentials at which states of the memory cells set upon a write operation are output by the ith (1≦i≦n−2) write verify means, when a data circuit senses only a bit line potential corresponding to a data circuit whose contents are data for controlling states of memory cells to set the states of the memory cells in data “j”-written states, setting the bit line potential in a second correction bit line potential which becomes data for controlling the states of the memory cells to change the states of the memory cells into the data “j”-written states, wherein, to update the contents of the data circuits, a bit line potential at which states of the memory cells set upon a write operation are output by an ith write verify operation is corrected by the first, (i+1)th, (i+2)th, . . . , (n−1)th bit line potential setting circuits.
- (5) Each of the data circuits is constituted by a first data storage unit for storing information indicating whether a state of a memory cell is held in a state set prior to a write operation and a second data storage unit for, when the information of the first data storage unit is not information for controlling the state of the memory cell to hold the state of the memory cell in a state set prior to the write operation, storing information indicating a written state “i” (i=1, 2, . . . , n−1) to be stored in the memory cell, the first data storage unit having a function of sensing/storing bit line potentials which are corrected by the first, (i+1)th, (i+2)th, . . . , (n−1)th bit line potential setting circuits in accordance with the contents of the data circuits to perform the data circuit content updating operation and at which the storage states of the memory cells set upon the write operation are output by the ith write verify operation.
- (6) The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprises a write prevention bit line voltage output circuit for, when the information of the first data storage unit is information for controlling the state of the memory cells to hold the state of the memory cells in states set prior to a write operation, outputting a write prevention bit line voltage to a bit line in the write operation, and an ith (i=1, 2, . . . , n−1) bit line voltage output circuit for, when the information of the first data storage unit is not information for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in the states set prior to the write operation, outputting a bit line voltage in an ith write operation in accordance with information indicating a written state “i” to be stored in a memory cell of the second data storage unit.
- (7) The first bit line potential setting circuit and the write prevention bit line voltage output circuit are common first bit line voltage control circuits. The input voltage of each of the common first bit line voltage control circuits has an input voltage whose output is to be a write prevention bit line voltage in a write operation and a first correction bit line potential in a data circuit content updating operation. The jth (j=2, 3, . . . , n−1) bit line potential setting circuit and the jth write bit line voltage output circuit are common jth bit line voltage control circuits. Each of the common jth bit line voltage control circuits has an input whose output is to be a jth write bit line voltage in the write operation and a second correction bit line potential in a data circuit content updating operation.
- (8) Each of the memory cells is constituted by stacking and forming a charge accumulation layer and a control gate on a semiconductor layer, and the memory cells are connected in series with each other as units each constituted by a plurality of memory cells to form NAND-cell structures.
- (9) Each of the memory cells is constituted by stacking and forming a charge accumulation layer and a control gate on a semiconductor layer, thereby forming a NOR-cell structure.
A multivalue (n-value) storage type EEPROM according to the first and second aspects of the present invention is constituted such that a verify read operation is performed through n−1 basic operation cycles. An erased state is represented by data “0”, and multivalue levels are represented by “0”, “1”, . . . , “i”, . . . , “n−1” in an order from a small threshold voltage. In this case, an ith cycle is constituted to verify whether an “i”-data write operation is sufficiently performed. For this reason, the EEPROM comprises a verify potential generation circuit for applying a predetermined verify voltage at an level in the ith cycle such that a current flows in a memory cell having a selected control gate when an “i”-data write operation is sufficiently performed, and a sense amplifier for detecting a bit line voltage to determine whether a write operation is sufficiently performed. In the ith cycle, the bit line of a memory cell in which data “0”, . . . , “i−1” are written has a first verify circuit such that the current of the memory cell is compensated for when it is detected that the data are sufficiently written in the memory cell and the current of the memory cell is not compensated for when it is detected that the data are not sufficiently written in the memory cell. In the ith cycle, for the bit line of a memory cell in which data “i+1”, . . . , “n−1” are written, the current of the memory cell is compensated for by the first verify circuit when it is detected that the data are sufficiently written in the memory cell in advance and a second verify circuit for setting a bit line voltage is installed such that the current of the memory cell flows when it is detected that the data are not sufficiently written in the memory cell.
The EEPROM comprises a first data storage unit for storing data indicating whether data is sufficiently written and a second data storage unit for storing whether a multivalue level to be written is any one of data “1”, . . . , “n−1”. The first data storage unit also has the function of a sense amplifier for detecting whether data is sufficiently written. In addition, the EEPROM is characterized by comprising a bit line write voltage output circuit for outputting a bit line voltage in a write operation in accordance with a desired written state such that, when there is memory cell which does not reach a predetermined written state, a rewrite operation is performed to only this memory cell.
According to the present invention, after a multivalue data write operation is performed, it is detected whether the written states of memory cells reach their desired multivalue level states. When there is a memory cell which does not reach its desired multivalue level state, a bit line voltage in a write operation is output in accordance with a desired written state such that a rewrite operation is performed to only this memory cell. The write operation and the verify read operation are repeated, and a data write operation is ended when all the memory cells reach their desired written states, respectively.
As described above, according to the present invention, a time for performing one write cycle is shortened, and a write operation is repeated many times within a short time while the degree of progress of a written state is checked, so that the range of the threshold voltage distribution of a memory cell in which a data write operation is finally ended can be narrowed at a high speed.
According to a third aspect of the present invention, a bit line potential in a read operation is controlled to exhibit the threshold voltage of a memory cell. A common source line is set to be 6 V, a voltage of 2 V is applied to a selected control gate, and the potential of the common source line is transferred to the bit line. When the bit line potential reaches a certain value, a current flowing in the memory cell is stopped, and the bit line potential is given as a value obtained by subtracting the threshold voltage of the memory cell from the control gate voltage of 2 V. When the bit line potential is 3 V, the threshold voltage of the memory cell is −1 V. A non-selected control gate and a selection gate are set to be 6 V such that the bit line potential is not determined by the potential of the non-selected memory cell or a selection transistor.
An erased state is represented by data “0”, multivalue levels are represented by “0”, “1”, . . . , “i”, . . . , “n−1” in an order from a small threshold voltage. In this case, since a verify read operation simultaneously verifies whether all data “i” are sufficiently written, a reference potential used when a bit line voltage is sensed is set in accordance with the written data. In addition, as in “0”-data write operation, a verify circuit is arranged such that the current of the memory cell is compensated for when it is detected that the data are sufficiently written in the memory cell and the current of the memory cell is not compensated for when it is detected that the data are not sufficiently written in the memory cell. A first data storage unit for storing data indicating whether data is sufficiently written and a second data storage unit for storing whether a multivalue level to be written is any one of data “1”, . . . , “n−1” are arranged. The first data storage unit also serves as a sense amplifier for detecting whether data is sufficiently written. In addition, a multivalue (n-value) storage type NAND-cell EEPROm according to a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device is characterized by comprising a bit line write voltage output circuit for outputting a bit line voltage in a write operation in accordance with a desired written state such that, when there is memory cell which does not reach a predetermined written state, a rewrite operation is performed to only this memory cell.
More specifically, a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device according to the third aspect of the present invention includes, as a basic arrangement, a nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprising a memory cell array in which the memory cells, each of which is constituted by stacking a charge accumulation layer and a control gate on a semiconductor layer and can be electrically programmed to store at least three data as multivalue data of threshold voltages of the memory cell, are arranged in a matrix, threshold voltage detection means for charging a bit line connected to the memory cells so that charging is made through the memory cells and outputting the multivalue data of the memory cell as multivalue level potentials to the bit line, and a sense amplifier for sensing potentials of the bit line charged by the threshold voltage detection means, and the nonvolatile semiconductor memory device is characterized by the following embodiments.
-
- (1) The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device is characterized in that the memory cells are connected in series with each other as units each constituted by memory cells to form a plurality of NAND-cell structures each having one terminal connected to the bit line through a first selection gate and the other terminal connected to a source line through a second selection gate, the threshold voltage detection means transfers a source line voltage to the bit line through a corresponding NAND cell to charge the bit line, and non-selected control gate voltages and first and second selection gate voltages are controlled such that voltage transfer capabilities of non-selected memory cells and first and second selection transistors are sufficiently increased to determine a bit line voltage at a threshold voltage of a selected memory cell.
- (2) The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprises the plurality of data circuits each functioning as the sense amplifier and having a function of storing sensed information as data for controlling write operation states of the memory cells, the write means for performing a write operation in accordance with contents of the data circuits respectively corresponding to the plurality of memory cells in the memory cell array, the write verify means which uses the threshold voltage detection means to check whether states of the plurality of memory cells set upon the write operation are storage states of desired data, and the data circuit content simultaneous updating means for simultaneously updating the contents of the data circuits such that a rewrite operation is performed to only a memory cell, in which data is not sufficiently written, on the basis of the contents of the data circuits and the states of the memory cells after a write operation, wherein the data circuit content simultaneous updating means corrects a bit line potential at which the storage states of the memory cells set upon the write operation are output in accordance with the contents of the data circuits to sense/store the bit line potential as rewrite data, holds the data storage states of the data circuits until the bit line potential is corrected, operates the data circuits as sense amplifiers while the corrected bit line potential is held, and simultaneously updates the contents of the data circuits, and a write operation and a data circuit content simultaneous updating operation based on the contents of the data circuits are repeatedly performed until the memory cells are set in predetermined written states, thereby electrically performing a write operation.
- (3) The data circuits control write operation states of the memory cells in accordance with data stored in the data circuits in a write operation to perform control such that the states of the memory cells are changed into predetermined written states or the states of the memory cells are held in states set prior to the write operation, and the data circuit content simultaneous updating means changes data of the data circuits into data for holding the states of the memory cells in states set prior to the write operation when a memory cell corresponding to a data circuit in which data for controlling the memory cells to change the memory cells to have predetermined written states is stored reaches a predetermined written state, sets data for controlling the memory cells to change the memory cells to have predetermined written states in the data circuits when the memory cell corresponding to the data circuit in which data for controlling the memory cells to change the memory cells to have predetermined written states is stored does not reach the predetermined written state, and sets data for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in the states set prior to the write operation in the data circuits, when data for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in the states set prior to the write operation is stored in the data circuits.
- (4) The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprises a bit line potential setting circuit for, of bit line potentials at which states of the memory cells set upon the write operation are output by the threshold voltage detection means, when only a bit line potential corresponding to the data circuits whose contents are data for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in the states set prior to the write operation is sensed by the data circuits, setting a correction bit line potential at which data for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in the states set prior to the write operation is obtained, and wherein, to perform the data circuit content simultaneous updating operation, a bit line potential at which the states of the memory cells set upon the write operation are output with the threshold voltage detection means is corrected by the bit line potential setting circuit in accordance with the contents of the data circuits.
- (5) For the nonvolatile semiconductor memory device in which one of the memory cells has at least three storage data “i” (i=0, 1, . . . , n−1) to perform a multivalue storing operation, a storage state corresponding to data “0” being an erased state, each of the data circuits is constituted by a first data storage unit for storing information indicating whether a state of a memory cell is held in a state set prior to a write operation and a second data storage unit for, when the information of the first data storage unit is not information for controlling the state of the memory cell such that the state of the memory cell is held in a state set prior to the write operation, storing information indicating a written state “i” (i=1, 2, . . . , n−1) to be stored in the memory cell, and the first data storage unit having a function of sensing/storing bit line potentials which are corrected by the bit line potential setting circuits in accordance with the contents of the data circuits to perform the data circuit content updating operation and at which the storage states of the memory cells set upon the write operation are output with the threshold voltage detection means.
- (6) The first data storage unit has a function of comparing a reference voltage with a bit line voltage to sense a bit line potential and a function of sensing/storing a bit line potential which is corrected by the bit line potential setting circuit in accordance with the contents of the data circuits using a reference voltage corresponding to the contents of the data circuits and at which states of the memory cells set upon the write operation are output by the threshold voltage detection means.
- (7) The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprises a write prevention bit line voltage output circuit for outputting a write prevention bit line voltage to a bit line in a write operation when the information of the first data storage unit is information for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in states before the write operation, and an ith write bit line voltage output circuit for outputting a bit line voltage in an ith write operation in accordance with information of the second data storage unit indicating data “i” (i=1, 2, . . . , n−1) to be stored in the memory cell when the information of the first data storage unit is not information for controlling the states of the memory cells to hold the states of the memory cells in states set prior to the write operation.
- (8) The nonvolatile semiconductor memory device comprises data inverting means for inverting data of the first data storage unit for activating the bit line potential setting circuit before the activation of bit line potential setting circuit, when the data of the first data storage unit for activating the bit line potential setting circuit has been inverted to the data of the first data storage unit for activating the write prevention bit line voltage output circuit.
In the third aspect of the present invention, after a multivalue data write operation is performed, it is simultaneously detected whether the written states of the memory cells reach their multivalue level states, respectively. When there is a memory cell which does not reach its desired multivalue level, a bit line voltage in a write operation is output in accordance with a desired written state such that a rewrite operation is performed only to this memory cell. The write operation and a verify read operation are repeated, and a data write operation is ended when it is confirmed that all the memory cells reach their desired written states, respectively.
As described above, according to the present invention, a time for performing one write cycle is shortened, and a write operation is repeated many times within a short time while the degree of progress of a written state is checked, so that the range of the threshold voltage distribution of a memory cell in which a data write operation is finally ended can be narrowed at a high speed.
Additional objects and advantages of the invention will be set forth in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the invention. The objects and advantages of the invention may be realized and obtained by means of the instrumentalities and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims.
The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of the specification, illustrate presently preferred embodiments of the invention, and together with the general description given above and the detailed description of the preferred embodiments given below, serve to explain the principles of the invention.
Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
A bit line control circuit 2 for controlling a bit line in a read/write operation and a word line drive circuit 7 for controlling a word line potential are arranged for a memory cell array 1. The bit line control circuit 2 and the word line drive circuit 7 are selected by a column decoder 3 and a row decoder 8, respectively. The bit line control circuit 2 receives and outputs read/write data from/to an input/output data conversion circuit 5 through a data input/output line (IO line). The input/output data conversion circuit 5 converts readout multivalue information of a memory cell into binary information to externally output the multivalue information, and converts the binary information of externally input write data into the multivalue information of a memory cell. The input/output data conversion circuit 5 is connected to a data input/output buffer 6 for controlling a data input/output operation with an external circuit. A data write end detection circuit 4 detects whether a data write operation is ended. A write control signal generation circuit 9 supplies a write control signal to the bit line control circuit 2 and the word line drive circuit 7. A write verify control signal generation circuit 10 supplies a write verify control signal to the bit line control circuit 2 and the word line drive circuit 7. A data update control signal generation circuit 11 supplies a data update control signal to the bit line control circuit 2.
In the bit line control circuit in FIG. 3 , clocked synchronous inverters CI1 and CI2 and clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4 constitute flip-flops, respectively, and these flip-flops latch write/read data. The flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers. The flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI1 and CI2 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”. The flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
Of n-channel MOS transistors, an n-channel MOS transistor Qn1 transfers a voltage VPR to a bit line when a precharge signal PRE goes to “H” level. When a bit line connection signal BLC goes to “H” level, an n-channel MOS transistor Qn2 connects the bit line to a main bit line control circuit. N-channel MOS transistors Qn3 to Qn6 and Qn9 to Qn12 selectively transfer voltages VBLH, VBLM, and VBLL to the bit line in accordance with the data latched in the above flip-flops. When signals SAC2 and SAC1 go to “H” level, n-channel MOS transistors Qn7 and Qn8 respectively connect the flip-flops to the bit line. An n-channel MOS transistor Qn13 is arranged to detect whether all the data of one page latched in the flip-flops are identical to each other. When column selection signals CSL1 and CSL2 go to “H” level, n-channel MOS transistors Qn14 and Qn15 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to data input/output line IOA or IOB, and n-channel MOS transistors Qn16 and Qn17 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to the data input/output line IOA or
Although an inverter portion is roughly shown in FIG. 3 as shown in FIG. 19(a), the inverter portion has the circuit arrangement shown in FIG. 19(b).
The operation of the EEPROM arranged as described above will be described below with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6. FIG. 4 shows read operation timings, FIG. 5 shows write operation timings, and FIG. 6 shows verify read operation timings. Each of the FIGS. 4 , 5, and 6 shows a case wherein the control gate CG4 is selected.
A read operation is executed by two basic cycles. In the first read cycle, the voltage VPR becomes a power supply voltage Vcc to precharge the bit line, and the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float. Subsequently, the selection gates SG1 and SG2 and the control gates CG1 to CG3 and CG5 to CG8 are set to be the power supply voltage Vcc. At the same time, the control gate CG4 is set to be 1.5 V. Only when the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell is set to be 1.5 V or more, i.e., data “2” is written in this memory cell, the bit line is kept at “H” level.
Thereafter, sense activation signals SEN2 and SEN2B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, and latch activation signals LAT2 and LAT2B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, thereby resetting the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4. The signal SAC2 goes to “H” level to connect the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4 to the bit line. After the sense activation signals SEN2 and SEN2B go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential, the latch activation signals LAT2 and LAT2B go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, and the information of data “2” or data “1” or “0” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4.
In the second read cycle, unlike the first read cycle, the voltage of the selection control gate CG4 is not set to be 1.5 V but is set to be 0 V, and signals SEN1, SEN1B, LAT1, LAT1B, and SAC1 are output in place of the signals SEN2, SEN2B, LAT2, LAT2B, and SAC2. Therefore, in the second read cycle, the information of data “0” or data “1” or “2” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI1 and CI2.
Data written in the memory cells are read out by the two read cycles described above.
The data of the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltage Vt of each of the memory cells is set to be less than 0 V. The p-type well, the common source line Vs and, the selection gates SG1 and SG2 are set to be 20 V, and the control gates CG1 to CG8 are set to be 0 V, thereby performing an erase operation.
In the write operation, the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float. The selection gate SG1 and the control gates CG1 to CG8 are set to be Vcc. The selection gates SG2 is set to be 0 V during the write operation. At the same time, signals VRFY1, VRFY2, FIM, and FIH are set to be Vcc. In a “0”-data write operation, since the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI1 and CI2 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI1 is set at “H” level, the bit line is charged by the voltage Vcc. In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the bit line is set to be 0 V.
Subsequently, the selection gate SG1, the control gates CG1 to CGS, the signals BLC and VRFY1, and a voltage VSA are set to be 10 V, the voltage VBLH is set to be 8 V, and the voltage VBLM is set to be 1 V. In the “1”-data write operation, since the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI3 goes to “H” level, a voltage of 1 V is applied to the bit line BL. In a “2”-data write operation, the bit line is set to be 0 V. In a “0”-data write operation, the bit line is set to be 8 V. Thereafter, the selected control gate CG4 is set to be 20 V.
In a “1”- or “2”-data write operation, electrons are injected into the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells by the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate CG4. In the “1”-data write operation, amounts of charges to be injected into the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells must be smaller than those in the “2”-data write operation. For this reason, the bit line BL is set to be 1 V to relax the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate CG4 to 19 V. However, even when the potential difference is not relaxed, the same effect as described above can be obtained by adjusting a write time. In a “0”-data write operation, the threshold voltages of the memory cells are not effectively changed by a bit line voltage of 8 V.
Upon completion of the write operation, the selection gate SG1 and the control gates CG1 to CG8 are set to be 0 V, and then the voltage of the bit line BL set to be 8 V in the “0”-data write operation is reset to 0 V with a time lag. This is because, when the order of the setting operations is reversed a “2”- or “1”-data-written state is temporarily set, and erroneous data is written in the “0”-data write operation.
After the write operation, a verify read operation is performed to check the written state of the memory cell and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written. During the verify read operation, the voltages VBLH, VBLL, and FIM are set to be Vcc, 0 V, and 0 V, respectively.
The verify read operation is executed by two basic cycles. Each of the basic cycles is almost identical to the second read cycle except that the voltage of the selected control gate CG4 and signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIH are output (only the signal VRFY1 is output in the first verify read cycle). The signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIH are output before the signals SEN1, SEN1B, LAT1, and LAT1B go to “L” level, “H” level, “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the selection gates SG1 and SG2 and the control gates CG1 to CG8 are reset to 0 V. In other words, the signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIH are output before the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI1 and CI2 is reset after the potential of the bit line is determined by the threshold voltages of the memory cells. The potential of the selected control gate CG4 is set to be 2 V (first cycle) and 0.5 V (second cycle) in the verify read operation which are higher than 1.5 V (first cycle) and 0 V (second cycle) in the read operation to assure a threshold voltage margin of 0.5 V.
In this case, data (data 1) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI1 and CI2, data (data 2) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI3 and CI4, and the voltage of the bit line BL determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell will be described below. The data 1 controls a “0”-data write operation or a “1”- or “2”-data write operation. The n-channel MOS transistor Qn3 is set in an “ON” state when the “0”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn6 is set in an “ON” state when “1”- or “2”-data write operation is performed. The data 2 controls a “1”-data write operation or a “2”-data write operation. The n-channel MOS transistor Qn10 is set in an “ON” state when the “1”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn11 is set in an “ON” state when the “2”-data write operation is performed.
In the first verify read cycle in the “0”-data write operation (initial write data is data “0”), the data of the memory cell is data “0”. For this reason, when the control gate CG4 is set to be 2 V, the memory cell causes a bit line potential to go to “L” level. Therefore, when signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “H” level.
In the first verify read cycle in the “1”-data write operation (initial write data is data “1”), since the data of the memory cell is to be “1”, the threshold voltage of the memory cell is less than 1.5 V. When the control gate CG4 is set to be 2 V, the memory cell causes the bit line potential to go to “L” level. In this case, even when the initial write data is data “1”, when data “1” is sufficiently written in the selected memory cell by the previously performed verify read cycles, the data 1 is set to be data “0”. In this case, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level later, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “H” level ((1) in FIG. 6). In cases except for the above case, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level ((2) in FIG. 6).
In the first verify read cycle in the “2”-data write operation (initial write data is data “2”), when the data of the selected memory cell is not data (data “2” is not sufficiently written), and the control gate CG4 is set to be 2 V, the memory cell causes the bit line potential to go to “L” level ((5) in FIG. 6). When data “2” is sufficiently written in the selected memory cell, even when the control gate CG4 is set to be 2 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level ((3) and (4) in FIG. 6). (3) in FIG. 6 indicates a case wherein data “2” is sufficiently written in the memory cell in advance, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling the “0”-data write operation by the previously performed verify read cycles. In this case, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the bit line BL is charged by the voltage VBLH again.
In the second verify read cycle in the “0”-data write operation (initial write data is data “0”), the data of the memory cell is data “0”. For this reason, when the control gate CG4 is set to be 0.5 V, the memory cell causes the bit line potential to go to “L”. Thereafter, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “H” level.
In the second verify read cycle in the “1”-data write operation (initial write data is data “1”), the data of the selected memory cell is not data “1” (data “1” is not sufficiently written), and the control gate CG4 is set to be 0.5 V, the memory cell causes the bit line potential to go to “L” level ((8) in FIG. 6). When data “1” is sufficiently written in the selected memory cell, even when the control gate CG4 is set to be 0.5 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level ((6) and (7) in FIG. 6). (6) in FIG. 6 indicates a case wherein data “1” is sufficiently written in the memory cell in advance by previous verify read cycles, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling the “0”-data write operation. In this case, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the bit line BL is charged by the voltage VBLH again.
In the second verify read cycle in the data “2” read operation (initial write data is data “2”), the data of the memory cell is to be data “2”. For this reason, assuming that the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 0.5 V or more, even when data “2” is sufficiently written or is not sufficiently written in the memory cell, and the control gate CG4 is set to be 0.5 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level ((9) and (10) in FIG. 6). When data “2” is not sufficiently written in the memory cell, and the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 0.5 V or less, the bit line potential goes to “L” level ((11) in FIG. 6).
Thereafter, when the signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIH go to “H” level, data “2” is sufficiently written, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling a “0”-data write operation, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “H” level ((9) in FIG. 6). In other cases except for the above case, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level ((10) and (11) in FIG. 6).
With the above verify read operation, rewrite data are set as shown in the following table (Table 1) on the basis of the write data and the written states of the memory cells.
TABLE 1 | ||||||||
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
|
0 | 1 | 2 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 2 |
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 0 |
As is apparent from Table 1, data “1” is rewritten in only a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written, and data “2” is rewritten in only a memory cell in which “2” is not sufficiently written. In addition, when data are sufficiently written in all the memory cells, the n-channel MOS transistors Qn13 of all the columns are set in an “OFF” state, and data write operation end information is output by a signal PENDB.
The following table (Table 2) shows the relationships between external data (X1,X2,X3) of three bits, two data (Y1,Y2) of the memory cells, and the data of the registers R1 and R2 respectively corresponding to the data Y1 and Y2 in a data input operation.
TABLE 2 | ||
IOA Line Data |
Input | Cell | Cell Y1 | Cell Y2 |
Data | Data | Register | Register | Register | Register |
X1 | X2 | X3 | Y1 | Y2 | R1 | | R1 | R2 | |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | H | — | H | — | |
0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 2 | H | — | | L | |
0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | H | — | | H | |
0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | L | | L | L | |
1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | L | H | H | — | |
1 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | L | | L | H | |
1 | 1 | 0 | 2 | 0 | L | L | H | — | |
1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1 | L | L | | H |
Pointer |
2 | 2 | L | L | L | L | |
write | ||||||
instruction | ||||||
Each register data is expressed by the voltage level of the input/output line IOA in a data transfer operation. Since the data input/output line IOB is obtained by inverting the data input/output line IOA, the data input/output line IOB is not illustrated. The following table (Table 3) shows the relationships of Table 2 in a data output operation.
TABLE 3 | |
IOA Line Data |
Cell Y1 | Cell Y2 | Cell | Output |
Register | Register | Register | Register | Data | Data |
R1 | R2 | R1 | R2 | Y1 | Y2 | X1 | X2 | X3 | |
L | | L | L | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |
L | | H | H | 0 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 1 | |
L | | H | L | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | |
H | | H | H | 1 | 2 | 0 | 1 | 1 | |
H | | L | L | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | |
H | | H | L | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | |
H | | L | L | 2 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | |
H | | H | L | 2 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
H | | H | H | 2 | 2 | Pointer | |
flag | |||||||
output | |||||||
In this embodiment, the level of the data input/output line IOA in an input operation and the level of the data input/output line IOA in an output operation are inverted with respect to the same data.
Of nine combinations of the two data (Y1,Y2) of the memory cells, one combination is an extra combination. For this reason, this extra combination can be used as file management information such as pointer information. In this case, the pointer information corresponds to cell data (Y1, Y2)=(2,2).
After a data write operation is performed in the area 1 (all write data in an area 2 are “0”), when a data write operation is additionally performed in an area 2, the data in the area 1 are read out, and the write data in the area 2 is added to the readout data and input them. Alternatively, the data in the area 1 are read out. When the start address of the area 2 is n+1=3m, all the data in the area 1 may be set to be data “0”; when the start address is n+1=3m+2, data at addresses n−1 and n may be added as data X1 and X2 to data X3 at address n+1, and all data at addresses up to address n−2 in the area 1 may be set to be data “0”; and when the start address is n+1=3m+1, data at address n may be added as data X1 to data X2 and X3 at addresses n+1 and n+2, and all data at addresses up to address n−1 may be set to be data “0”. These operations can be easily, automatically performed inside the EEPROM. The combinations between the data (X1,X2,X3) and data (Y1,Y2) are formed as shown in Tables 2 and 3 such that the additional data write operation can be performed. The relationships between the data (X1,X2,X3) and the data (Y1,Y2) shown in Tables 2 and 3 are only examples, and the relationships between the data (X1,X2,X3) and the data (Y1,Y2) are not limited to the relationships shown in Tables 2 and 3. In addition, even when the number of areas is three or more, additional data can be written in the same manner as described above.
The following table (Table 4) shows the potentials at several positions of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, and a verify read operation.
TABLE 4 | ||||||||
Verify | ||||||||
Write | Read Operation | |||||||
Erase | Operation | Read Operation | First | Second | ||||
Operation | “0” | “1” | “2” | First Cycle | Second Cycle | | Cycle | |
BL |
20 |
8 V | 1 V | 0 V | “H” only when | “L” only when | See |
|
data “2” is read | data “0” is read |
|
20 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG1 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG2 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG3 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG4 | 0 |
20 V | 1.5 V | 0 |
2 V | 0.5 V |
CG5 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG6 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG7 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 V |
CG8 | 0 |
10 |
5 |
5 |
SG2 | ||||
20 V | 0 |
5 |
5 V | |
|
20 V | 0 V | 0 V | 0 |
P | ||||
20 V | 0 V | 0 V | 0 V | |
well | ||||
A flip-flop is constituted by clocked synchronous inverters CI5 and CI6, and a flip-flop is constituted by clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8. These flip-flops latch write/read data. The flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers. The flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI5 and CI6 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”. The flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
Of n-channel MOS transistors, an n-channel MOS transistor Qn18 transfers a voltage VPR to a bit line when a precharge signal PRE goes to “H” level. When a bit line connection signal BLC goes to “H” level, an n-channel MOS transistor Qn19 connects the bit line to a main bit line control circuit. N-channel MOS transistors Qn20 to Qn23 and Qn25 to Qn28 selectively transfer voltages VBLH, VBLM, and a voltage of 0 V to the bit line in accordance with the data latched in the above flip-flops, when signals SAC2 and SAC1 go to “H” level, n-channel MOS transistors Qn24 and Qn29 respectively connect the flip-flops to the bit line. An n-channel MOS transistor Qn30 is arranged to detect whether all the data of one page latched in the flip-flops are identical to each other. When column selection signals CSL1 and CSL2 go to “H” level, n-channel MOS transistors Qn31 and Qn32 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to a data input/output line IOA or IOB, and n-channel MOS transistors Qn33 and Qn34 selectively connect a corresponding one of the flip-flops to the data input/output line IOA or IOB.
The operation of the EEPROM arranged as described above will be described below with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14. FIG. 12 shows read operation timings, FIG. 13 shows write operation timings, and FIG. 14 shows verify read operation timings.
A read operation is executed by two basic cycles. In the first read cycle, the voltage VPR becomes a power supply voltage Vcc to precharge a bit line, and the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float. Subsequently, the control gate WL is set to be 2.5 V. Only when the threshold voltage Vt of a selected memory cell is set to be 2.5 V or less, i.e., data “2” is written in this memory cell, the bit line goes to “L” level.
Thereafter, sense activation signals SEN2 and SEN2B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, and latch activation signals LAT2 and LAT2B go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, thereby resetting the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8. The signal SAC2 goes to “H” level to connect the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8 to the bit line. After the sense activation signals SEN2 and SEN2B go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential, the latch activation signals LAT2 and LAT2B go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, and the information of data “2” or “1” or data “0” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8.
In the second read cycle, unlike the first read cycle, the voltage of the selection control gate WL is not set to be 2.5 V but is set to be Vcc, and signals SEN1, SEN1B, LAT1, LAT1B, and SAC1 are output in place of the signals SEN2, SEN2B, LAT2, LAT2B, and SAC2. Therefore, in the second read cycle, the information of data “0” or data “1” or “2” is latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI5 and CI6.
Data written in the memory cells are read out by the two read cycles described above.
The data of the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltage Vt of each of the memory cells is set to be Vcc or more. The control gate WL is set to be 20 V, and the bit line is set to be 0 V, thereby performing an erase operation.
In the write operation, the precharge signal PRE goes to “L” level to cause the bit line to float. Signals VRFY1, VRFY2, FIM, and FIL are set to be Vcc. In a “0”-data write operation, since the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI5 and CI6 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI5 goes to “H” level, the bit line is set to be 0 V. In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the bit line is set to be Vcc.
Subsequently, the signals BLC, VRFY2, FIM, and FIL and a voltage VSA are set to be 10 V, the voltage VBLH is set to be 8 V, and the voltage VBLM is set to be 7 V. In the “1”-data write operation, since the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8 latches data such that an output from the clocked synchronous inverter CI7 goes to “H” level, a voltage of 7 V is applied to the bit line BL. In a “2”-data write operation, the bit line is set to be 8 V. In a “0”-data write operation, the bit line is set to be 0 V. Thereafter, the selected control gate WL is set to be −12 V.
In a “1”- or “2”-data write operation, electrons are discharged from the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells by the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate WL, and the threshold voltages of the memory cells decrease. In the “1”-data write operation, a total amount of charge to be removed from the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells must be smaller than that in the “2”-data write operation. For this reason, the bit line BL is set to be 7 V to relax the potential difference between the bit line BL and the control gate WL to 19 V. In a “0”-data write operation, the threshold voltages of the memory cells are not effectively changed by a bit line voltage of 0 V.
After the write operation, a verify read operation is performed to check the written states of the memory cells and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written. During the verify read operation, the voltages VBLH and FIM are set to be Vcc and 0 V, respectively. The verify read operation is executed through two basic cycles. Each of the basic cycles is almost identical to the second read cycle except that the voltage of the selected control gate WL and signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIL are output (only the signal VRFY1 is output in the first verify read cycle). The signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIL are output before the signals SEN1, SEN1B, LAT1, and LAT1B go to “L” level, “H” level, “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the control gate WL is reset to 0 V. In other words, the signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIL are output before the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI5 and CI6 is reset after the potential of the bit line is determined by the threshold voltages of the memory cells. The potential of the selected control gate WL is set to be 2 V (first cycle) and 4 V (second cycle) which are respectively lower than 2.5 V (first cycle) and Vcc (second cycle) in the read operation to assure a threshold voltage margin.
In this case, data (data 1) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI5 and CI6, data (data 2) latched in the flip-flop constituted by the clocked synchronous inverters CI7 and CI8, and the voltage of the bit line BL determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell will be described below. The data 1 controls a “0”-data write operation or a “1”- or “2”-data write operation. The n-channel MOS transistor Qn20 is set in an “ON” state when the “0”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn23 is set in an “ON” state when the “1”- or “2”-data write operation is performed. The data 2 controls a “1”-data write operation or “2”-data write operation. The n-channel MOS transistor Qn26 is set in an “ON” state when the “1”-data write operation is performed, and the n-channel MOS transistor Qn27 is set in an “ON” state when the “2”-data write operation is performed.
In the first verify read cycle in the “0”-data write operation (initial write data is data “0”), the data of the memory cell is data “0”. For this reason, when the control gate WL is set to be 2 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level. Therefore, when signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level.
In the first verify read cycle in the “1”-data write operation (initial write data is data “1”), since the data of the memory cell is to be data “1”, the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 2.5 V or more. When the control gate WL is set to be 2 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level. Thereafter, the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level. In this case, when data “1” is sufficiently written by the previous verify read cycles in advance, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling the “0”-data write operation, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level ((2) in FIG. 14); otherwise, “H” level ((1) in FIG. 14).
In the first verify read cycle in the “2”-data write operation (initial write data is data “2”), when the data of the selected memory cell is not data “2” (data “2” is not sufficiently written), even when the control gate WL is set to be 2 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level ((3) in FIG. 14). When data “2” is sufficiently written in the selected memory cell, and the control gate WL is set to be 2 V, the memory cell causes the bit line potential to go to “L” level ((4) and (5) in FIG. 14). (5) in FIG. 14 indicates a case wherein data “2” is sufficiently written in the memory cell by the previous verify read cycles in advance, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling the “0”-data write operation by the previous verify read cycle. In this case, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the bit line BL is grounded.
In the second verify read cycle in the “0”-data write operation (initial write data is data “0”), assume the data of the memory cells is data “0”. For this reason, even when the control gate WL is set to be 4 V, the bit line potential is kept at “H” level. Thereafter, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level.
In the second verify read cycle in the “1”-data write operation (initial write data is data “1”), if the data of the selected memory cell is not data “1” (data “1” is not sufficiently written), even when the control gate WL is set to be 4 V, the bit line potential “H” is kept at “H” level ((6) in FIG. 14). When data “1” is sufficiently written in the selected memory cell, when the voltage of the control gate WL becomes 4 V, the bit line potential goes to “L” level ((7) and (8) in FIG. 14). (8) in FIG. 14 indicates a case wherein data “1” is sufficiently written in the memory cell by the previous verify read cycles in advance, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling the “0”-data write operation. In this case, when the signal VRFY1 goes to “H” level, the bit line BL is grounded.
In the second verify read cycle in the “2”-data write operation (initial write data is data “2”), the data of the memory cell is to be data “2”. For this reason, assuming that the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 4 V or less, even when data “2” is sufficiently written or is not sufficiently written in the memory cell, and the control gate WL is set to be 4 V, the bit line potential goes to “L” level ((10) and (11) in FIG. 14), when data “2” is not sufficiently written in the memory cell, and the threshold voltage of the memory cell is 4 V or more, the bit line potential goes to “H” level ((9) in FIG. 14).
Thereafter, when the signals VRFY1, VRFY2, and FIL go to “H” level, data “2” is sufficiently written, and the data 1 is converted into data for controlling a “0”-data write operation. In this case, the potential of the bit line BL goes to “L” level ((11) in FIG. 14); otherwise, “H” level ((9) and (10) in FIG. 14).
With the above verify read operation, rewrite data are set as shown in the following Table 1 on the basis of the write data and the written states of the memory cells, as in the first embodiment. In addition, when data are sufficiently written in all the memory cells, the n-channel MOS transistors Qn30 of all columns are set in an “OFF” state, and data write operation end information is output by a signal PENDB.
Data input/output operation timings, a data write algorithm, and an additional data write algorithm in the second embodiments are the same as those of the first embodiment as shown in FIGS. 7 to 9 and Tables 2 and 3.
The following table (Table 5) shows the potentials at BL and WL of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, and a verify read operation.
TABLE 5 | ||||||||
Verify | ||||||||
Write | Read Operation | |||||||
Erase | Operation | Read Operation | First | Second | ||||
Operation | “0” | “1” | “2” | First Cycle | Second Cycle | Cycle | Cycle | |
BL | 0 V | 0 |
7 |
8 V | “L” only when | “H” only when | See |
data “2” is read | data “0” is read |
|
20 V | −12 V | 2.5 |
5 V | 2.0 V | 4.0 V |
The circuits shown in FIGS. 3 and 11 can be modified into, e.g., the circuits shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 , respectively. Referring to FIG. 16 , the n-channel MOS transistors Qn3 and Qn4 are replaced with p-channel MOS transistor Qp1 and Qp2, respectively. Referring to FIG. 17 , the n-channel MOS transistors Qn22 and Qn23 and the n-channel MOS transistors Qn25 to Qn28 are replaced with p-channel MOS transistors Qp3 to Qp8. with the above arrangement, a voltage which can be transferred through transistors can be prevented from dropping according to the threshold voltage of the n-channel MOS transistor. In this embodiment, since it is required only to increase the voltage VSA to 8 V, the breakdown voltage of the transistors constituting the above circuit can be decreased. A signal VRFY1B in FIG. 16 is the inverted signal of the VRFY1 in FIGS. 2 and 3 . Signals VRFY2B, FILB, and FIMB are inverted signals of the signals VRFY2, FIL, and FIM in FIG. 11 , respectively.
The additional data write operation is described in FIG. 8. For example, as shown in FIG. 18 , it is one effective method that one page is divided into areas to easily perform an additional data write operation. In this embodiment, one area is constituted by 22 memory cells set every 32 logical addresses. In this manner, an additional data write operation in units of areas can be easily performed. More specifically, when additional data is to be written in the area 2, the write data in all areas except for the area 2 are set to be data “0”, and the additional data may be written in the area 2 according to the data write algorithm shown in FIG. 9A. Each area may have a size except for the size of each of the areas shown in FIG. 18.
In the present invention, such a threshold voltage is read out as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B . In this case, the memory cell M2 having the control gate CG2 is selected. As shown in FIG. 21A , a voltage is applied to each portion, and the bit line BL is set in a floating state. When the bit line BL is reset to 0 V in advance, the bit line BL is charged by the common source line Vs through the NAND cell. The selection gate voltages and control gate voltages are controlled such that the potential of the charged bit line BL is determined by the threshold voltage of the selected memory cell M2.
In this embodiment, the selection gates SG1 and SG2, the control gates CG1 and CG3 to CG8 are set to be 6 V, the selected control gate CG2 is set to be 2 V, and the common source line Vs is set to be 6 V. The voltage waveforms of these parts are shown in FIG. 21B. In this case, a threshold voltage of 2 V or less can be read out. When the threshold voltage of each non-selected memory cell is controlled to be 2.5 V or less, a threshold voltage of −1.5 V or more can be read out. When the potential of the bit line BL is 0 V, a threshold voltage of 2 V or more can be read out; when the bit line potential is 3.5 V, a threshold voltage of −1.5 V or less can be read out. When the voltages of the selection gates SG1 and SG2 and the non-selected control gates CG1 and CG3 to CG8 are made sufficiently high, a threshold voltage of up to −4 V can also be read out.
The relationship between the threshold voltage of the memory cell and a bit line output voltage in this case is shown in FIG. 22. When calculation is performed on the basis of a threshold voltage obtained when a back bias voltage is 0 V, a solid line in FIG. 22 is obtained. However, the bit line voltage becomes equal to the back bias voltage in practice, and the bit line output voltage decreases as indicated by a chain line in FIG. 22. For the sake of descriptive convenience, a threshold voltage is obtained in consideration of a back bias voltage hereinafter, unless otherwise specified.
After electrons are discharged from the floating gate of the memory cell by an erase operation, electrons are injected into the floating gate by a write operation performed according to write data. FIG. 23 shows the relationship between a write time and a bit line output voltage in a read operation when a bit line output voltage in the read operation is not limited to the threshold voltage of each non-selected memory cell. For example, when the voltage of the common source line in the read operation is 3 V, the bit line output voltage does not change unless the threshold voltage becomes −1 V or more, as a result of electron injection into the floating gate. Even when the voltage of the common source line is 6 V, when the threshold voltage of each non-selected memory cell is positive, the bit line output voltage in the read operation is limited.
When one memory cell has two states (data “0” and data “1”), for example, as shown in FIG. 24 , a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 3 to 4 V (threshold voltage of about −2 V to −1 V) may be set as data “0” (erased state), and a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 1 to 2 V (threshold voltage of about 0 to 1 V) may be set as data “1”.
When one memory cell has three states (data “0”, data “1”, and data “2”), for example, as shown in FIG. 25 , a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 3.5 to 4.5 V (threshold voltage of about −2.5 V to −1.5 V) may be set as data “0” (erased state), a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 1.5 to 2.5 V (threshold voltage of about −0.5 to 0.5 V) may be set as data “1”, and a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 0 to 0.5 V (threshold voltage of about 1.5 to 2.5 V) may be set as data “2”.
The threshold voltages of the memory cells are read out as shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B . Voltages are applied as shown in FIG. 27A , and the bit line BL is set in a floating state. When the bit line BL is reset to 0 V in advance, the bit line BL is charged by the common source line Vs through the memory cell. The potential of the charged bit line BL is determined by the threshold voltage of selected memory cell M.
In this embodiment, the word line WL is set to be 6 V, and the common source line Vs is set to be 6 V. The voltage waveforms of these parts are shown in FIG. 27B. In this manner, a threshold voltage of 0 to 6 V can be read out. When the potential of the bit line BL is 0 V, a threshold voltage of 6 V or more can be read out; when the bit line potential is 6 V, a threshold voltage of 0 V or less can be read out. The relationship between the threshold voltage of the memory cell and a bit line output voltage in this case is shown in FIG. 28. When a calculation is performed on the basis of a threshold voltage at a back bias voltage of 0 V, a solid line in FIG. 28 is obtained. However, as in FIG. 22 , the bit line voltage becomes equal to the back bias voltage in practice, and the bit line output voltage decreases as indicated by a chain line in FIG. 28.
After electrons are injected into the floating gate of the memory cell by an erase operation, the electrons are discharged from the floating gate by a write operation performed according to write data. FIG. 29 shows the relationship between a write time and a bit line output voltage in a read operation. For example, in the case of the voltage of the common source line in the read operation is 3 V, when the threshold voltage becomes 3 V or less according to electron discharge from the floating gate, the bit line output voltage does not change. Even when the voltage of the common source line is 6 V, the bit line output voltage in the read operation does not change at the threshold voltage of 0 V or less.
When one memory cell has two states (data “0” and data “1”), for example, as shown in FIG. 30 , a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 1 to 2 V (threshold voltage of about 4 V to 5 V) may be set as data “0” (erased state), and a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 3 to 4 V (threshold voltage of about 2 to 3 V) may be set as data “1”.
When one memory cell has three states (data “0”, data “1”, and data “2”), for example, as shown in FIG. 31 , a state in which the bit line output voltage in a read operation becomes 0 to 0.5 V (threshold voltage of about 5.5 V or more) may be set as data “0” (erased state), a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 1.5 to 2.5 V (threshold voltage of about 3.5 to 4.5 V) may be set as data “1”, and a state in which the bit line output voltage becomes 3.5 to 4.5 V (threshold voltage of about 1.5 to 2.5 V) may be set as data “2”.
In this embodiment, data of three bits are stored in a pair of adjacent memory cells which share a control gate. In addition, the memory cell arrays 1 ((a) and (b)) are formed on dedicated p-type wells, respectively.
N-channel MOS transistors (n-ch Trs.) Qn8 to Qn10 and p-channel MOS transistors (p-ch Trs.) Qp3 to Qp5 constitute a flip-flop FF1, and n-ch Trs. Qn11 to Qn13 and p-ch Trs. Qp6 to Qp8 constitute a flip-flop FF2. These flip-flops latch write/read data. The flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers. The flip-flop FF1 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”. The flip-flop FF2 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
An n-ch Tr. Qn1 transfers a voltage Va to a bit line BLa when a precharge signal φpa goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr. Qn20 transfers a voltage Vb to a bit line BLb when a precharge signal φpb goes to “H” level. N-ch Trs. Qn4 to Qn7 and p-ch Trs. Qp1 and Qp2 selectively transfer voltages VBHa, VBMa, and VBLa to the bit line BLa in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF1 and FF2. N-ch Trs. Qnt4 to Qn17 and p-ch Trs. Qp9 and Qp10 selectively transfer voltages VBHb, VBMb, and VBLb to the bit line BLb in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF1 and FF2. An n-ch Tr. Qn2 connects the flip-flop FF1 to the bit line BLa when a signal φa1 goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr Qn3 connects the flip-flop FF2 to the bit line BLa when a signal φa2 goes to “H”. An n-ch Tr. Qn19 connects the flip-flop FF1 to the bit line BLb when a signal φb1 goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr. Qn18 connects the flip-flop FF2 to the bit line BLb when a signal φb2 goes to “H” level.
The operation of the EEPROM arranged as described above will be described below with reference to FIGS. 34 to 36. FIG. 34 shows read operation timings, FIG. 35 shows write operation timings, and FIG. 36 shows verify read operation timings. FIGS. 34 to 36 show timings obtained when a control gate CG2a is selected.
The read operation is executed by two basic cycles. In the first read cycle, the voltage Vb is set to be 3 V, and the bit line BLb serving as a dummy bit line is precharged. The precharge signal φpa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float, and a common source line Vsa is set to be 6 V. Subsequently, selection gates SG1a and SG2a and control gates CG1a and CG3a to CG8a are set to be 6 V. At the same time, the selected control gate CG2a is set to be 2 V. Only when data “0” is written in the selected memory cell, the voltage of the bit line BLa is set to be 3 V or more.
Thereafter, flip-flop activation signals φn1 and φp1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF1. The signals φa1 and φb1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF1 to the bit lines BLa and BLb. The signals φn1 and φp1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential, and the flip-flop FF1 latches the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
In the second read cycle, unlike the first read cycle, the voltage of the dummy bit line BLb is not 3 V but is 1 V, and signals φa2, φb2, φn2, and φp2 are output in place of the signals φa1, φb1, φn1, and φp1. Therefore, in the second read cycle, the flip-flop FF2 latches the information of data “2” or the information of data “1” or “0”.
With the two read cycles described above, the data written in the memory cells are read out.
Data in the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltages Vt of the memory cells are set to be −1.5 V or less. The common source line Vsa and the selection gates SG1a and SG2a are set to be 20 V, and the control gates CG1a to CG8a are set to be 0 V, thereby performing an erase operation.
In the write operation, the precharge signal φpa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float. The selection gate SG1a is set to be Vcc, and the control gates CG1a to CG8a are set to be Vcc. The selection gate SG2a is set to be 0 V during the write operation. At the same time, a signal VRFYa goes to “H” level, and a signal PBa goes to “L” level. In a “0”-data write operation, since the flip-flop FF1 latches data such that the potential of a node N1 goes to “L” level, the bit line BLa is charged to Vcc by the voltage VBHa. In a “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V.
Subsequently, the selection gate SG1a and the control gates CG1a to CG8a are set to be 10 V, the voltage VBHa and a voltage vrw are set to be 8 V, and the voltage VBMa is set to be 1 V. In the “1”-data write operation, since the flip-flop FF2 latches data such that the potential of a node N3 goes to “L” level, a voltage of 1 V is applied to the bit line BLa by the voltage VBMa. The bit line BLa is set to be 0 V in the “2”-data write operation, and bit line BLa is set to be 8 V in the “0”-data write operation. Thereafter, the selected control gate CG2a is set to be 20 V.
In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, electrons are injected into the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells by the potential difference between the bit line BLa and the control gate CG2a, and the threshold voltages of the memory cells increase. In a “1”-data write operation, since amounts of charges to be injected into the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells in the “1”-data write operation must be smaller than those in the “2”-data write operation, the bit line BLa is set to be 1 V to relax the potential difference between the bit line BLa and the control gate CG2a to 19 V. In the “0”-data write operation, the threshold voltages of the memory cells do not effectively change according to the bit line voltage of 8 V.
Upon completion of the write operation, the selection gate SG1a and the control gates CG1a to CG8a are set to be 0 V, and then the voltage of the bit line BLa set to be 8 V in the “0”-data write operation is reset to 0 V with a time lag. This is because, when the order of the resetting operations is reversed, a “2”-data write operation state is temporarily set, and erroneous data is written in the “0”-data write operation.
After the write operation, a verify read operation is performed to check the written state of the memory cell and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written.
The verify read operation is similar to the first read cycle except that the data of the flip-flop FF1 is inverted, the voltage Vb is set to be Vcc, the signal VRFYa and a signal VRFYb are output, and at this time, the voltages VBLb and VBMb are set to be 2.5 V and 0.5 V, respectively. The voltage of the bit line BLb is determined by the voltages Vb, VBLb, and VBMb and the data of the flip-flops FF1 and FF2. The signals VRFYa and VRFYb are output before the signals φn1 and φp1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the selection gates SG1a and SG2a and the control gates CG1a to CG8a are reset to 0 V. In other words, the signals VRFYa and VRFYb are output before the flip-flop FF1 is reset after the potential of the bit line BLa is determined by the threshold voltage of the memory cell.
The inverting operation of the data of the flip-flop FF1 will be described below. The voltage Vb is set to be 2.5 V to precharge the bit line BLb serving as a dummy bit line. In addition, the precharge signals φpa and φpb go to “L” level to cause the bit lines BLa and BLb to float. Subsequently, the signal PBa goes to “L” level, and the bit line BLa is charged to 2.5 V or more only when the potential of the node N1 is set at “L” level. Thereafter, the flip-flop activation signals φn1 and φp1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF1. The signals φn1 and φb1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF1 to the bit lines BLa and BLb, and the signals φn1 and φp1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential. By this operation, the data of the flip-flop FF1 is inverted.
The data (data 1) latched in the flip-flop FF1, the data (data 2) latched in the flip-flop FF2, and the voltages of the bit lines BLa and BLb determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell and obtained after the data inverting operation will be described below. The data 1 controls “0”-data write operation or “1”- or “2”-data write operation. In the “0”-data write operation, the potential of the node N1 goes to “H” level set upon the data inverting operation. In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the potential of the node N1 goes to “L” level set upon the data inverting operation. The data 2 controls “1”-data write operation or “2”-data write operation. The potential of the node N3 goes to “L” level in the “1”-data write operation, and the potential of the node N3 goes to “H” level in the “2”-data write operation.
In the verify read operation performed after the “0”-data write operation, regardless of the states of the memory cells, when the signal VRFYa goes to “H” level, the voltage VBLa or VBMa causes the potential of the bit line BLa to go to “L” level. Therefore, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF1 such that the node N1 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
In the verify read operation set upon the “1” data write operation, the signal VRFYb goes to “H” level, and the dummy bit line BLb is set to be 2.5 V. When the memory cell is not set in a “1”-data-written state, the voltage of the bit line BLa is 2.5 V or more, and the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF1 such that the potential of the node N1 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “1”. When the memory cell reaches the “1”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is 2.5 V or less, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF1 such that the potential of the node N1 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
In the verify read operation performed after the “2”-data write operation, the signal VRFYb goes to “H” level to set the dummy bit line BLb to be 0.5 V. When the memory cell does not reach a “2”-data-written state, the voltage of the bit line BLa is 0.5 or more, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF1 such that the potential of the node N1 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “2”, when the memory cell reaches the “2”-data-written state, the voltage of the bit line BLa is 0.5 V or less, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF1 such that the potential of the node N1 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
With this verify read operation, rewrite data is set as described in the following table (Table 6) on the basis of write data and the written state of the memory cell.
TABLE 6 | ||||||||
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 |
|
0 | 1 | 2 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 2 |
|
0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 2 | 2 | 0 |
As is apparent from the table (Table 6), although the “1”-data-written state is to be set, data “1” is written again in only a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written. Although the “2”-data-written state is to be set, data “2” is written again in only a memory cell in which data “2” is not sufficiently written.
The write operation and the verify read operation are repeatedly performed, thereby performing a data write operation.
The following table (Table 7) shows the potentials at the several points of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, a read operation, and a verify read operation.
TABLE 7 | |||||||
Write | |||||||
Erase | Operation | Read Operation | Verify Read | ||||
Operation | “0” | “1” | “2” | First Cycle | Second | Operation | |
BLa |
20 |
8 V | 1 V | 0 V | “H” only when | “L” only when | See |
|
data “0” is read | data “2” is read |
|
20 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG1a | 0 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG2a | 0 |
20 |
2 |
2 |
2 V |
CG3a | 0 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG4a | 0 |
20 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG5a | 0 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG6a | 0 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG7a | 0 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
CG8a | 0 |
10 |
6 |
6 |
6 |
SG2a | |||||
20 V | 0 |
6 |
6 |
6 | |
Vsa | |||||
20 V | 0 |
6 |
6 |
6 | |
P | |||||
20 V | 0 V | 0 V | 0 V | 0 V | |
well | |||||
N-ch Trs. Qn26 to Qn28 and p-ch Trs. Qp15 to Qp17 constitute a flip-flop FF3, and n-ch Trs. Qn29 to Qn31 and p-ch Trs. Qp18 to Qp20 constitute a flip-flop FF4. These flip-flops latch write/read data. The flip-flops are also operated as sense amplifiers. The flip-flop FF3 latches write data information indicating whether data “0” or data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”. The flip-flop FF4 latches write data information indicating whether data “1” or “2” is to be written, and latches read data information indicating whether a memory cell stores the information of data “2” or the information of data “0” or “1”.
An n-ch Tr. Qn21 transfers a voltage Va to a bit line BLa when a precharge signal φpa goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr. Qn36 transfers a voltage Vb to a bit line BLb when a precharge signal φpb goes to “H” level. N-ch Trs. Qn24 and Qn25 and p-ch Trs. Qp11 to Qp14 selectively transfer voltages VBHa and VBMa and a voltage of 0 V to the bit line BLa in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF3 and FF4. N-ch Trs. Qn32 to Qn33 and p-ch Trs. Qp21 to Qp24 selectively transfer voltages VBHb and VBMb and a voltage of 0 V to the bit line BLb in accordance with the data latched in the flip-flops FF3 and FF4. An n-ch Tr. Qn22 connects the flip-flop FF3 to the bit line BLa when a signal φa1 goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr Qn23 connects the flip-flop FF4 to the bit line BLa when a signal φa2 goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr. Qn35 connects the flip-flop FF3 to the bit line BLb when a signal φb1 goes to “H” level. An n-ch Tr. Qn34 connects the flip-flop FF4 to the bit line BLb when a signal φb2 goes to “H” level.
The operation of the EEPROM arranged as described above will be described below with reference to FIGS. 38 to 40. FIG. 38 shows read operation timings, FIG. 39 shows write operation timings, and FIG. 40 shows verify read operation timings. FIGS. 38 to 40 show timings obtained when a word line WLa is selected.
The read operation is executed by two basic cycles. In the first read cycle, the voltage Vb becomes 1 V to precharge the bit line BLb serving as a dummy bit line. The precharge signal φpa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float, and a common source line Vsa is set to be 6 V. Subsequently, the word line WLa is set to be 6 V. Only when data “0” is written in the selected memory cell, the voltage of the bit line BLa is set to be 0.5 V or less.
Thereafter, flip-flop activation signals φn1 and φp1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF3. The signal φa1 and φb1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF3 to the bit lines BLa and BLb. The signals φn1 and φp1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential, and the flip-flop FF3 latches the information of data “0” or the information of data “1” or “2”.
In the second read cycle, unlike the first read cycle, the voltage of the dummy bit line BLb is not 1 V but is 3 V, and signals φa2, φb2, φn2, and φp2 are output in place of the signals φa1, φb1, φn1, and φp1. Therefore, in the second read cycle, the flip-flop FF4 latches the information of data “2” or the information of data “1” or “0”.
With the two read cycles described above, the data written in the memory cells are read out.
Data in the memory cells are erased prior to a data write operation, and the threshold voltages Vt of the memory cells are set to be 5.5 V or more. The word line WLa is set to be 20 V, and the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V, thereby performing the erase operation. In the write operation, the precharge signal φpa goes to “L” level to cause the bit line BLa to float. Subsequently, a signal VRFYBa goes to “L” level, and a signal Pa goes to “H” level. In a “0”-data write operation, since the flip-flop FF3 latches data such that the potential of a node N5 goes to “H” level, the bit line BLa is set to be 0 V. In a “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the bit line BLa is set to be Vcc by the voltage VBHa or VBMa.
Subsequently, each of the voltage VBHa and a voltage Vrw becomes 8 V, and the voltage VBMa becomes 7 V. In the “1”-data write operation, since the flip-flop FF4 latches data such that the potential of node N7 goes to “H” level, a voltage of 7 V is applied to the bit line BLa by the voltage VBMa. The bit line BLa is set to be 8 V in the “2”-data write operation, and bit line BLa is set to be 0 V in the “0”-data write operation. Thereafter, the selected word line WLa is set to be −12 V.
In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, electrons are discharged from the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells by the potential difference between the bit line BLa and the word line WLa, and the threshold voltages of the memory cells decrease. In a “1”-data write operation, since amounts of charges to be discharged from the charge accumulation layers of the memory cells in the “1”-data write operation must be smaller than those in the “2”-data write operation, the bit line BLa is set to be 7 V to relax the potential difference between the word line WLa and the bit line BLa to 19 V. In the “0”-data write operation, the threshold voltage of the memory cell does not effectively change according to the bit line voltage of 0 V.
After the write operation, a verify read operation is performed to check the written state of the memory cells and perform an additional write operation to only a memory cell in which data is not sufficiently written.
The verify read operation is similar to the first read cycle except that the data of the flip-flop FF3 is inverted, the voltage Vb is 0 V, the signal VRFYBa and a signal VRFYBb are output, and at this time, the voltages VBHb and VBMb become 1.5 V and 3.5 V, respectively. The voltage of the bit line BLb is determined by the voltages Vb, VBHb, and VBMb and the data of the flip-flops FF3 and FF4. The signals VRFYBa and VRFYBb are output before the signals φn1 and φp1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, after the word line WLa is reset to 0 V. In other words, the signals VRFYBa and VRFYBb are output before the flip-flop FF3 is reset after the potential of the bit line BLa is determined by the threshold voltages of the memory cells.
The inverting operation of the data of the flip-flop FF3 will be described below. The voltages Va and Vb become Vcc and 2.5 V, respectively, to precharge the bit line BLa and BLb. In addition, the precharge signals φpa and φpb go to “L” level to cause the bit lines BLa and BLb to float. Subsequently, the signal Pa goes to “H” level, and the bit line BLa is discharged to 2.5 V or less only when the potential of the node N5 is set at “H” level. Thereafter, the flip-flop activation signals φn1 and φp1 go to “L” level and “H” level, respectively, to reset the flip-flop FF3, the signals φa1 and φb1 go to “H” level to connect the flip-flop FF3 to the bit lines BLa and BLb, and the signals φn1 and φp1 go to “H” level and “L” level, respectively, to sense a bit line potential. With this operation, the data of the flip-flop FF3 is inverted.
The data (data 1) latched in the flip-flop FF3, the data (data 2) latched in the flip-flop FF4, and the voltages of the bit lines BLa and BLb determined by the threshold voltage of a selected memory cell and obtained after the data inverting operation will be described below. The data 1 controls “0”-data write operation or “1”- or “2”-data write operation. In the “0”-data write operation, the potential of the node N5 goes to “L” level set upon the data inverting operation. In the “1”- or “2”-data write operation, the potential of the node N5 goes to “H” level set upon the data inverting operation. The data 2 controls “1”-data write operation or “2”-data write operation. The potential of the node N7 goes to “H” level in the “1”-data write operation, and the potential of the node N7 goes to “L” level in the “2”-data write operation.
In the verify read operation performed after the “0”-data write operation, regardless of the states of the memory cells, when the signal VRFYBa goes to “L” level, the voltage VBHa or VBMa causes the potential of the bit line BLa to go to “H” level. Therefore, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF3 such that the node N5 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
In the verify read operation after the “1” data write operation, the signal VRFYBb goes to “L” level to set the dummy bit line BLb to be 1.5 V. Therefore, when the memory cell does not reach a “1”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is set to be 1.5 V or less, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF3 such that the potential of the node N5 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “1”. When the memory cell reaches the “1”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is set to be 1.5 V or more, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF3 such that the potential of the node N5 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
In the verify read operation performed after the “2”-data write operation, the signal VRFYBb goes to “L” level to set the dummy bit line BLb to be 3.5 V. Therefore, when the memory cell does not reach a “2”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is set to be 3.5 or less, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF3 such that the potential of the node N5 goes to “L” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “2”. When the memory cell reaches the “2”-data-written state, the bit line BLa is set to be 3.5 V or more, the bit line BLa is sensed by the flip-flop FF3 such that the potential of the node N5 goes to “H” level, and rewrite data to be latched is data “0”.
With this verify read operation, rewrite data is set as described in the above Table 6 on the basis of write data and the written states of the memory cells. As is apparent from the Table 6, although the “1”-data-written state is to be set, data “1” is written again in only a memory cell in which data “1” is not sufficiently written. Although the “2”-data-written state is to be set, data “2” is written again in only a memory cell in which data “2” is not sufficiently written.
The write operation and the verify read operation are repeatedly performed, thereby performing a data write operation.
The following table (Tale 8) shows the potentials at BLa, WLa and Vsa of the memory cell array in an erase operation, a write operation, a read operation, and a verify read operation.
TABLE 8 | |||||||
Write | |||||||
Erase | Operation | Read Operation | Verify Read | ||||
Operation | “0” | “1” | “2” | First Cycle | Second Cycle | Operation | |
RLa | 0 V | 0 |
7 |
8 V | “L” only when | “H” only when | See |
data “0” is read | data “2” is read |
|
20 V | −12 |
6 |
6 |
5 V |
Vsa | 0 V | 0 |
6 |
6 |
6 V |
TABLE 9 | |||||
IOA1 | IOB1 | IOA2 | IOB2 | ||
Write Data | |||||
0 | L | H | — | — | |
1 | H | L | L | H | |
2 | H | L | H | L |
(a) |
Read Data | |||||
0 | H | L | H | L | |
1 | L | H | H | L | |
2 | L | H | L | H |
(b) |
As has been described above, according to the present invention, while an increase in circuit area is suppressed, three written states are set in one memory cell, and write times required for setting written states in memory cells are independently made optimum by write verify control, thereby obtaining an EEPROM capable of controlling the threshold voltage distribution of each memory cell in which data is finally written to fall within a small range at a high speed. In addition, when two, four, or more written states are set in one memory cell, the same effect as described above can be obtained according to the purport and scope of the present invention.
Additional advantages and modifications will readily occur to those skilled in the art. Therefore, the invention in its broader aspects is not limited to the specific details, and representative devices shown and described herein. Accordingly, various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit or scope of the general inventive concept as defined by the appended claims and their equivalents.
Claims (120)
1. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines and bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of programming control circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels in data storage portions which define write voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells, for applying said write voltages to said respective of said memory cells according to the data stored in said data storage portions, for determining actual written states of said memory cells, for modifying stored data from said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level to said first predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been determined, for maintaining said stored data at said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which it has been determined that said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has not been successfully written, and for maintaining said stored data at said first predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said first predetermined logic level.
2. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said data stored in said data storage portions are initially set to initial data, and then said initial data stored in said data storage portions are modified.
3. The device according to claim 2 , wherein said initial data are located from at least one input line coupled to said data storage portions.
4. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously determined.
5. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data storage portions storing the data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously determined.
6. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data storage portions corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been determined are simultaneously modified to the data of said first predetermined logic level.
7. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data storage portions corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been determined are simultaneously modified to the data of said first predetermined logic level.
8. The device according to claim 1 , further comprising a plurality of data write end detection circuits coupled to said data storage portions for simultaneously detecting whether or not all of said data storage portions store the data of said first predetermined logic level.
9. The device according to claim 8 , wherein each of said data write end detection circuits is provided for each of said data storage portions.
10. The device according to claim 9 , wherein said data write end detection circuits are coupled to at least one common output line, and said data write end detection circuits output a programming completion signal on said common output line when each data storage portion stores the data of said first predetermined logic level.
11. The device according to claim 10 , wherein said applying, determining and modifying are continued until said data write end detection circuits output said programming completion signal.
12. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said applying, determining and modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
13. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said write voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
14. The device according to claim 13 , wherein said write voltages defined by said data stored in said data storage portions and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said data stored in said data storage portions.
15. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said programming control circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
16. The device according to claim 1 , wherein each of said programming control circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
17. The device according to claim 1 , wherein said programming control circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said data stored in said data storage portions.
18. The device according to claim 17 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
19. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines and bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of programming control circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels in data storage portions which define write voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells, said data being initially set to initial data which are loaded from at least one input line coupled to said data storage portions, for applying said write voltages to said respective of said memory cells according to the data stored in said data storage portions, for determining actual written states of said memory cells, for modifying stored data from said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level to said first predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been determined, for maintaining said stored data at said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which it has been determined that said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has not been successfully written, and for maintaining said stored data at said first predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said first predetermined logic level.
20. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously determined.
21. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data storage portions storing the data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously determined.
22. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data storage portions corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been determined are simultaneously modified to the data of said first predetermined logic level.
23. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data storage portions corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been determined are simultaneously modified to the data of said first predetermined logic level.
24. The device according to claim 19 , further comprising a plurality of data write end detection circuits coupled to said data storage portions for simultaneously detecting whether or not all of said data storage portions store the data of said first predetermined logic level.
25. The device according to claim 24 , wherein each of said data write end detection circuits is provided for each of said data storage portions.
26. The device according to claim 25 , wherein said data write end detection circuits are coupled to at least one common output line, and said data write end detection circuits output a programming completion signal on said common output line when each data storage portion stores the data of said first predetermined logic level.
27. The device according to claim 26 , wherein said applying, determining and modifying are continued until said data write end detection circuits output said programming completion signal.
28. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said applying, determining and modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
29. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said write voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
30. The device according to claim 29 , wherein said write voltages defined by said data stored in said data storage portions and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said data stored in said data storage portions.
31. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said programming control circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
32. The device according to claim 19 , wherein each of said programming control circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
33. The device according to claim 19 , wherein said programming control circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said data stored in said data storage portions.
34. The device according to claim 33 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
35. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines and bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of programming control circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels in data storage portions which define write voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells, said data being initially set to initial data which are loaded from at least one input line coupled to said data storage portions, for applying said write voltages to said respective of said memory cells according to the data stored in said data storage portions, for determining actual written states of said memory cells, for maintaining stored data at said first predetermined logic level in the data storage portions storing the data of said first predetermined logic level, and for selectively modifying said stored data to the data of said first predetermined logic level in only data storage portions initially storing the initial data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been determined, such that only memory cells which are not sufficiently written have write voltages applied thereto which achieve the written state predetermined by the initial data in the respective memory cell upon application of the write voltages to the respective memory cell.
36. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data storage portions storing the data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously determined.
37. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data storage portions storing the data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously determined.
38. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data storage portions corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been determined are simultaneously and selectively modified to the data of said first predetermined logic level.
39. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data storage portions corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been determined are simultaneously and selectively modified to the data of said first predetermined logic level.
40. The device according to claim 35 , further comprising a plurality of data write end detection circuits coupled to said data storage portions for simultaneously detecting whether or not all of said data storage portions store the data of said first predetermined logic level.
41. The device according to claim 40 , wherein each of said data write end detection circuits is provided for each of said data storage portions.
42. The device according to claim 41 , wherein said data write end detection circuits are coupled to at least one common output line, and said data write end detection circuits output a programming completion signal on said common output line when each data storage portion stores the data of said first predetermined logic level.
43. The device according to claim 42 , wherein said applying, determining and selective modifying are continued until said data write end detection circuits output said programming completion signal.
44. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said applying, determining and selective modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
45. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said write voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
46. The device according to claim 45 , wherein said write voltages defined by said data stored in said data storage portions and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said data stored in said data storage portions.
47. The device according to claim 45 , wherein said programming control circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
48. The device according to claim 35 , wherein each of said programming control circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
49. The device according to claim 35 , wherein said programming control circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said data stored in said data storage portions.
50. The device according to claim 49 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
51. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines and bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of cell selection circuits coupled to said memory cell array for controlling selection of memory cells and application of write voltages to the selected memory cells;
a plurality of data circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing write control data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th, and nth predetermined logic levels which define write control voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells selected by said cell selection circuits, said write control data being initially set to initial write control data which are loaded from at least one input line coupled to said data circuits, for applying said write control voltages to said respective of said memory cells, for selectively sensing actual written states of only those of said respective memory cells corresponding to the data circuits in which the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are stored, for maintaining stored write control data at said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said first predetermined logic level, and for selectively modifying said stored write control data to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level in only data circuits initially storing the initial write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been sensed, such that only memory cells which are not sufficiently written have write control voltages applied thereto which achieve the written state predetermined by the initial write control data in the respective memory cell upon application of the write control voltages to the respective memory cell.
52. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously sensed.
53. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously sensed.
54. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously and selectively modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
55. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously and selectively modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
56. The device according to claim 51 , further comprising a plurality of data write end detection circuits coupled to said data circuits for simultaneously detecting whether or not all of said data circuits store the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
57. The device according to claim 56 , wherein each of said data write end detection circuits is provided for each of said data circuits.
58. The device according to claim 57 , wherein said data write end detection circuits are coupled to at least one common output line, and said data write end detection circuits output a programming completion signal on said common output line when each data circuit stores the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
59. The device according to claim 58 , wherein said applying, selective sensing and selective modifying are continued until said data write end detection circuits output said programming completion signal.
60. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said applying, selective sensing and selective modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
61. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said write control voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
62. The device according to claim 61 , wherein said write control voltages defined by said write control data stored in said data circuits and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
63. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said data circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
64. The device according to claim 51 , wherein each of said data circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
65. The device according to claim 51 , wherein said data circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
66. The device according to claim 65 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
67. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines and bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of cell selection circuits coupled to said memory cell array for controlling selection of memory cells and application of write voltages to the selected memory cells;
a plurality of data circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing write control data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th, and nth predetermined logic levels which define write control voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells selected by said cell selection circuits, for applying said write control voltages to said respective of said memory cells, for selectively sensing actual written states of only those of said respective memory cells corresponding to the data circuits in which the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are stored, for modifying stored write control data from said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level to said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been sensed, for maintaining said stored write control data at said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which it has been sensed that said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has not been successfully written, and for maintaining said stored write control data at said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
68. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said write control data stored in said data circuits are initially set to initial write control data, and then said initial write control data stored in said data circuits are modified.
69. The device according to claim 68 , wherein said initial write control data are loaded from at least one input line coupled to said data circuits.
70. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously sensed.
71. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously sensed.
72. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
73. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
74. The device according to claim 67 , further comprising a plurality of data write end detection circuits coupled to said data circuits for simultaneously detecting whether or not all of said data circuits store the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
75. The device according to claim 74 , wherein each of said data write end detection circuits is provided for each of said data circuits.
76. The device according to claim 75 , wherein said data write end detection circuits are coupled to at least one common output line, and said data write end detection circuits output a programming completion signal on said common output line when each data circuit stores the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
77. The device according to claim 76 , wherein said applying, selective sensing and modifying are continued until said data write end detection circuits output said programming completion signal.
78. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said applying, selective sensing and modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
79. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said write control voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
80. The device according to claim 79 , wherein said write control voltages defined by said write control data stored in said data circuits and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
81. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said data circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
82. The device according to claim 67 , wherein each of said data circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
83. The device according to claim 67 , wherein said data circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
84. The device according to claim 83 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
85. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines or bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of cell selection circuits coupled to said memory cell array for controlling selection of memory cells and application of write voltages to the selected memory cells;
a plurality of data circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing write control data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th, and nth predetermined logic levels which define write control voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells selected by said cell selection circuits, for applying said write control voltages to said respective of said memory cells, for sensing actual written states of only those of said respective memory cells corresponding to the data circuits in which the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are stored, for modifying stored write control data from said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level to said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been sensed, for maintaining said stored write control data at said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which it has been sensed that said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has not been successfully written, and for maintaining said stored write control data at said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said first predetermined logic level;
wherein results of said sensing of said actual written states by the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are determined on the basis of only whether or not the written state of the respective memory cell is said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level.
86. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said write control data stored in said data circuits are initially set to initial write control data, and then said initial write control data stored in said data circuits are modified.
87. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said initial write control data are loaded from at least one input line coupled to said data circuits.
88. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously sensed.
89. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously sensed.
90. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
91. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
92. The device according to claim 85 , further comprising a plurality of data write end detection circuits coupled to said data circuits for simultaneously detecting whether or not all of said data circuits store the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
93. The device according to claim 92 , wherein each of said data write end detection circuits is provided for each of said data circuits.
94. The device according to claim 93 , wherein said data write end detection circuits are coupled to at least one common output line, and said data write end detection circuits output a programming completion signal on said common output line when each data circuit stores the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
95. The device according to claim 94 , wherein said applying, sensing and modifying are continued until said data write end detection circuits output said programming completion signal.
96. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said applying, sensing and modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
97. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said write control voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
98. The device according to claim 97 , wherein said write control voltages defined by said write control data stored in said data circuits and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
99. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said data circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
100. The device according to claim 85 , wherein each of said data circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
101. The device according to claim 85 , wherein said data circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
102. The device according to claim 101 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
103. The device according to claim 85 , wherein each of said results is stored in the respective data circuit and used at latest write control data.
104. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a semiconductor substrate;
a plurality of bit lines;
a plurality of word lines insulatively intersecting said bit lines;
a memory cell array comprising a plurality of memory cells coupled to said word lines and bit lines, each memory cell including a transistor with a charge storage portion and having written states of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th and nth (n≧3) predetermined storage levels;
a plurality of cell selection circuits coupled to said memory cell array for controlling selection of memory cells and application of write voltages to the selected memory cells;
a plurality of data circuits coupled to said memory cell array for storing write control data of first, second, . . . , (n−1)th, and nth predetermined logic levels which define write control voltages to be applied to respective of said memory cells selected by said cell selection circuits, for applying said write control voltages to said respective of said memory cells, for sensing actual written states of only those of said respective memory cells corresponding to the data circuits in which the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are stored, for modifying stored write control data from said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level to said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has been sensed, for maintaining said stored write control data at said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level and corresponding to the memory cells in which it has been sensed that said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined storage level has not been successfully written, and for maintaining said stored write control data at said first predetermined logic level in the data circuits storing the write control data of said first predetermined logic level,
wherein with respect to said sensing of said actual written states, the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level sense only whether or not the written state of the respective memory cell is said ith (respectively, i=2, 3, n−1, n) predetermined storage level.
105. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said write control data stored in said data circuits are initially set to initial write control data, and then said initial write control data stored in said data circuits are modified.
106. The device according to claim 105 , wherein said initial write control data are loaded from at least one input line coupled to said data circuits.
107. The device according to claim 104 , wherein each of said data circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines, and the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level sense voltage levels of the respective bit lines by comparing with ith (respectively, i=2, 3 . . . , n−1, n) reference voltage.
108. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level are simultaneously sensed.
109. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said actual written states of said memory cells corresponding to the data circuits storing the write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels are simultaneously sensed.
110. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said write control data of said ith (i=2, 3, . . . , n−1, n) predetermined logic level stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
111. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said write control data of said second, third, . . . , (n−1)th and nth predetermined logic levels stored in the data circuits corresponding to the memory cells in which successful writing has been sensed are simultaneously modified to the write control data of said first predetermined logic level.
112. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said applying, sensing and modifying are continued until each memory cell is sufficiently written.
113. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said write control voltages are simultaneously applied to said respective of said memory cells.
114. The device according to claim 113 , wherein said write control voltages defined by said write control data stored in said data circuits and applied to said respective of said memory cells differ according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
115. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said data circuits are arranged adjacent to said memory cell array.
116. The device according to claim 104 , wherein each of said data circuits is connected to a respective one of said bit lines.
117. The device according to claim 104 , wherein said data circuits include bit line voltage regulators for selectively changing voltages of said bit lines according to said write control data stored in said data circuits.
118. The device according to claim 117 , wherein said voltages of said bit lines are selectively and simultaneously changed by said bit line voltage regulators.
119. The device according to claim 104 , wherein each of results of said sensing is stored in the respective data circuit and used as latest write control data.
120. A multi-level non-volatile semiconductor memory device comprising:
a NAND-cell unit including a plurality of memory cells connected in series, each of said memory cells including a transistor with a control gate and a charge storage portion and having storage states of at least three threshold voltage levels;
a plurality of word lines connected to respective control gates;
a bit line coupled to one end of said NAND-cell unit;
a verify circuit, coupled to said word lines and said bit line, for applying, to the word line of a selected memory cell, a first voltage in a first portion of a verify operation and a second voltage in a second portion of said verify operation while applying, to remaining word lines connected to unselected memory cells in said NAND-cell unit, a third voltage in said first and second portions of said verify operation.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/451,588 USRE41021E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP23476793A JP3226677B2 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1993-09-21 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP31173293A JP3181454B2 (en) | 1993-12-13 | 1993-12-13 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US08/308,534 US5570315A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1994-09-21 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US13489798A | 1998-08-17 | 1998-08-17 | |
US11/451,588 USRE41021E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/308,534 Reissue US5570315A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1994-09-21 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
USRE41021E1 true USRE41021E1 (en) | 2009-12-01 |
Family
ID=26531745
Family Applications (12)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/308,534 Ceased US5570315A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1994-09-21 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US08/682,009 Expired - Lifetime US5652719A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1996-07-16 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US11/451,593 Expired - Lifetime USRE41456E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,587 Expired - Lifetime USRE41485E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,586 Expired - Lifetime USRE41020E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,588 Expired - Lifetime USRE41021E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,584 Expired - Lifetime USRE41950E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,585 Expired - Lifetime USRE41244E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,590 Expired - Lifetime USRE42120E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,589 Expired - Lifetime USRE41019E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,591 Expired - Lifetime USRE41468E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,592 Expired - Lifetime USRE41969E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
Family Applications Before (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/308,534 Ceased US5570315A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1994-09-21 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US08/682,009 Expired - Lifetime US5652719A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1996-07-16 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US11/451,593 Expired - Lifetime USRE41456E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,587 Expired - Lifetime USRE41485E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,586 Expired - Lifetime USRE41020E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
Family Applications After (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/451,584 Expired - Lifetime USRE41950E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,585 Expired - Lifetime USRE41244E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,590 Expired - Lifetime USRE42120E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,589 Expired - Lifetime USRE41019E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,591 Expired - Lifetime USRE41468E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
US11/451,592 Expired - Lifetime USRE41969E1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 2006-06-13 | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (12) | US5570315A (en) |
KR (1) | KR0169267B1 (en) |
DE (1) | DE4433721C2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (747)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5657332A (en) * | 1992-05-20 | 1997-08-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Soft errors handling in EEPROM devices |
KR0169267B1 (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1999-02-01 | 사토 후미오 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP3730272B2 (en) * | 1994-09-17 | 2005-12-21 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP3443998B2 (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 2003-09-08 | ソニー株式会社 | Semiconductor nonvolatile storage device |
KR100477494B1 (en) * | 1995-01-31 | 2005-03-23 | 가부시끼가이샤 히다치 세이사꾸쇼 | Semiconductor memory device |
KR100187656B1 (en) * | 1995-05-16 | 1999-06-01 | 김주용 | Method for manufacturing a flash eeprom and the programming method |
US5715195A (en) * | 1995-07-19 | 1998-02-03 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Programmable memory verify "0" and verify "1" circuit and method |
TW389909B (en) | 1995-09-13 | 2000-05-11 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and its usage |
US6166979A (en) | 1995-09-13 | 2000-12-26 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and method for using the same |
KR0172441B1 (en) * | 1995-09-19 | 1999-03-30 | 김광호 | Programming method of non-volatile semiconductor memory |
US5815434A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 1998-09-29 | Intel Corporation | Multiple writes per a single erase for a nonvolatile memory |
KR100253868B1 (en) * | 1995-11-13 | 2000-05-01 | 니시무로 타이죠 | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JP3392604B2 (en) * | 1995-11-14 | 2003-03-31 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US5969985A (en) | 1996-03-18 | 1999-10-19 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH09288895A (en) * | 1996-04-19 | 1997-11-04 | Toshiba Corp | Ternary storage semiconductor storage system |
JP3200012B2 (en) * | 1996-04-19 | 2001-08-20 | 株式会社東芝 | Storage system |
US6072719A (en) * | 1996-04-19 | 2000-06-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device |
JP3740212B2 (en) * | 1996-05-01 | 2006-02-01 | 株式会社ルネサステクノロジ | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
KR100193898B1 (en) * | 1996-06-29 | 1999-06-15 | 김영환 | Flash memory device |
US6320785B1 (en) | 1996-07-10 | 2001-11-20 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and data writing method therefor |
JP3062730B2 (en) | 1996-07-10 | 2000-07-12 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and writing method |
CN1076711C (en) | 1996-08-08 | 2001-12-26 | 日立化成工业株式会社 | Graphite particles and lithium secondary cell using them as cathode material |
US5862074A (en) * | 1996-10-04 | 1999-01-19 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Integrated circuit memory devices having reconfigurable nonvolatile multi-bit memory cells therein and methods of operating same |
US5835406A (en) * | 1996-10-24 | 1998-11-10 | Micron Quantum Devices, Inc. | Apparatus and method for selecting data bits read from a multistate memory |
US5771346A (en) | 1996-10-24 | 1998-06-23 | Micron Quantum Devices, Inc. | Apparatus and method for detecting over-programming condition in multistate memory device |
US5764568A (en) * | 1996-10-24 | 1998-06-09 | Micron Quantum Devices, Inc. | Method for performing analog over-program and under-program detection for a multistate memory cell |
JP3397600B2 (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 2003-04-14 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
FR2756410B1 (en) * | 1996-11-28 | 1999-01-15 | Sgs Thomson Microelectronics | PROTECTION DEVICE AFTER WRITING A PAGE OF AN ELECTRICALLY PROGRAMMABLE MEMORY |
JP3489958B2 (en) * | 1997-03-19 | 2004-01-26 | 富士通株式会社 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP3481817B2 (en) * | 1997-04-07 | 2003-12-22 | 株式会社東芝 | Semiconductor storage device |
JP3592887B2 (en) | 1997-04-30 | 2004-11-24 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
KR100323554B1 (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2002-03-08 | 니시무로 타이죠 | Non-volatile semiconductor memory |
JP3517081B2 (en) * | 1997-05-22 | 2004-04-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Multi-level nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
KR100266745B1 (en) * | 1997-12-29 | 2000-09-15 | 윤종용 | Semiconductor memory device for storing multi-bit data |
US6333871B1 (en) * | 1998-02-16 | 2001-12-25 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory including a controller for providing an improved reprogram operation |
JP3883687B2 (en) | 1998-02-16 | 2007-02-21 | 株式会社ルネサステクノロジ | Semiconductor device, memory card and data processing system |
KR100299872B1 (en) * | 1998-06-29 | 2001-10-27 | 박종섭 | Multi bit data recording control circuit |
US6118699A (en) * | 1998-07-14 | 2000-09-12 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device using MONOS type nonvolatile memory cell |
US6567302B2 (en) | 1998-12-29 | 2003-05-20 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for programming multi-state cells in a memory device |
KR100544175B1 (en) * | 1999-05-08 | 2006-01-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Recording medium storing linking type information and method for processing defective area |
JP3783152B2 (en) * | 1999-08-16 | 2006-06-07 | Necエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Multi-value nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US6532556B1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2003-03-11 | Multi Level Memory Technology | Data management for multi-bit-per-cell memories |
JP2002100192A (en) * | 2000-09-22 | 2002-04-05 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory |
JP3631463B2 (en) * | 2001-12-27 | 2005-03-23 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
TW559814B (en) * | 2001-05-31 | 2003-11-01 | Semiconductor Energy Lab | Nonvolatile memory and method of driving the same |
US6522580B2 (en) * | 2001-06-27 | 2003-02-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of a non-volatile memory operated in multiple data states |
US7177197B2 (en) * | 2001-09-17 | 2007-02-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Latched programming of memory and method |
US7554842B2 (en) * | 2001-09-17 | 2009-06-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-purpose non-volatile memory card |
US6456528B1 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2002-09-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US6717847B2 (en) * | 2001-09-17 | 2004-04-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Selective operation of a multi-state non-volatile memory system in a binary mode |
US6967872B2 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2005-11-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for programming and inhibiting multi-level, non-volatile memory cells |
JP3977799B2 (en) * | 2003-12-09 | 2007-09-19 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US6542407B1 (en) | 2002-01-18 | 2003-04-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Techniques of recovering data from memory cells affected by field coupling with adjacent memory cells |
JP3866627B2 (en) * | 2002-07-12 | 2007-01-10 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US7324394B1 (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2008-01-29 | T-Ram Semiconductor, Inc. | Single data line sensing scheme for TCCT-based memory cells |
US6903987B2 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2005-06-07 | T-Ram, Inc. | Single data line sensing scheme for TCCT-based memory cells |
US6781877B2 (en) * | 2002-09-06 | 2004-08-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Techniques for reducing effects of coupling between storage elements of adjacent rows of memory cells |
US7327619B2 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2008-02-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Reference sense amplifier for non-volatile memory |
US6983428B2 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2006-01-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Highly compact non-volatile memory and method thereof |
JP4420823B2 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2010-02-24 | サンディスク コーポレイション | Nonvolatile memory and method with improved sensing behavior |
US6891753B2 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2005-05-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Highly compact non-volatile memory and method therefor with internal serial buses |
US7443757B2 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2008-10-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with reduced bit line crosstalk errors |
US6940753B2 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2005-09-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Highly compact non-volatile memory and method therefor with space-efficient data registers |
US6987693B2 (en) | 2002-09-24 | 2006-01-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with reduced neighboring field errors |
US7046568B2 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2006-05-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Memory sensing circuit and method for low voltage operation |
US7196931B2 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2007-03-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with reduced source line bias errors |
US7324393B2 (en) * | 2002-09-24 | 2008-01-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for compensated sensing in non-volatile memory |
JP4270832B2 (en) * | 2002-09-26 | 2009-06-03 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US6888755B2 (en) * | 2002-10-28 | 2005-05-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory cell arrays having dual control gates per memory cell charge storage element |
US6944063B2 (en) * | 2003-01-28 | 2005-09-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile semiconductor memory with large erase blocks storing cycle counts |
US7630237B2 (en) * | 2003-02-06 | 2009-12-08 | Sandisk Corporation | System and method for programming cells in non-volatile integrated memory devices |
US6839281B2 (en) * | 2003-04-14 | 2005-01-04 | Jian Chen | Read and erase verify methods and circuits suitable for low voltage non-volatile memories |
US7045849B2 (en) * | 2003-05-21 | 2006-05-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Use of voids between elements in semiconductor structures for isolation |
US6956770B2 (en) * | 2003-09-17 | 2005-10-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with bit line compensation dependent on neighboring operating modes |
US7046555B2 (en) | 2003-09-17 | 2006-05-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods for identifying non-volatile memory elements with poor subthreshold slope or weak transconductance |
US7064980B2 (en) * | 2003-09-17 | 2006-06-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with bit line coupled compensation |
US7173852B2 (en) * | 2003-10-03 | 2007-02-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Corrected data storage and handling methods |
US7012835B2 (en) * | 2003-10-03 | 2006-03-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory data correction and scrub techniques |
KR20070007265A (en) | 2003-12-30 | 2007-01-15 | 쌘디스크 코포레이션 | Non-volatile memory and method with control data management |
US8504798B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2013-08-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Management of non-volatile memory systems having large erase blocks |
US7139864B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2006-11-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with block management system |
US20050144363A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2005-06-30 | Sinclair Alan W. | Data boundary management |
US7433993B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2008-10-07 | San Disk Corportion | Adaptive metablocks |
US7631138B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2009-12-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Adaptive mode switching of flash memory address mapping based on host usage characteristics |
US7173863B2 (en) * | 2004-03-08 | 2007-02-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash controller cache architecture |
US7383375B2 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2008-06-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Data run programming |
US7594135B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2009-09-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory system startup operation |
US6888758B1 (en) * | 2004-01-21 | 2005-05-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Programming non-volatile memory |
US7154779B2 (en) * | 2004-01-21 | 2006-12-26 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory cell using high-k material inter-gate programming |
US7068539B2 (en) * | 2004-01-27 | 2006-06-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Charge packet metering for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7139198B2 (en) * | 2004-01-27 | 2006-11-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Efficient verification for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7002843B2 (en) * | 2004-01-27 | 2006-02-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Variable current sinking for coarse/fine programming of non-volatile memory |
US7466590B2 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2008-12-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Self-boosting method for flash memory cells |
US7161833B2 (en) * | 2004-02-06 | 2007-01-09 | Sandisk Corporation | Self-boosting system for flash memory cells |
US7355237B2 (en) * | 2004-02-13 | 2008-04-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Shield plate for limiting cross coupling between floating gates |
US7177977B2 (en) * | 2004-03-19 | 2007-02-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating non-volatile memory without read disturb limitations |
US7057939B2 (en) * | 2004-04-23 | 2006-06-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and control with improved partial page program capability |
US7023733B2 (en) * | 2004-05-05 | 2006-04-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Boosting to control programming of non-volatile memory |
ATE516584T1 (en) | 2004-05-05 | 2011-07-15 | Sandisk Corp | BITLINE GOVERNED APPROACH TO PROGRAM CONTROLLING NON-VOLATILE MEMORY |
US7020026B2 (en) * | 2004-05-05 | 2006-03-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Bitline governed approach for program control of non-volatile memory |
US7490283B2 (en) | 2004-05-13 | 2009-02-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Pipelined data relocation and improved chip architectures |
US8429313B2 (en) * | 2004-05-27 | 2013-04-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Configurable ready/busy control |
US7009889B2 (en) | 2004-05-28 | 2006-03-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Comprehensive erase verification for non-volatile memory |
JP4750034B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2011-08-17 | スパンション エルエルシー | Semiconductor device and writing method |
US8375146B2 (en) * | 2004-08-09 | 2013-02-12 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Ring bus structure and its use in flash memory systems |
US7294882B2 (en) * | 2004-09-28 | 2007-11-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with asymmetrical doping profile |
US7242620B2 (en) * | 2004-10-05 | 2007-07-10 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and an operation method thereof |
US7441067B2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Cyclic flash memory wear leveling |
US7092290B2 (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2006-08-15 | Sandisk Corporation | High speed programming system with reduced over programming |
US7173859B2 (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2007-02-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Faster programming of higher level states in multi-level cell flash memory |
US7420847B2 (en) * | 2004-12-14 | 2008-09-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Multi-state memory having data recovery after program fail |
US7158421B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2007-01-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Use of data latches in multi-phase programming of non-volatile memories |
US7120051B2 (en) * | 2004-12-14 | 2006-10-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Pipelined programming of non-volatile memories using early data |
US7395404B2 (en) * | 2004-12-16 | 2008-07-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Cluster auto-alignment for storing addressable data packets in a non-volatile memory array |
US7386655B2 (en) | 2004-12-16 | 2008-06-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with improved indexing for scratch pad and update blocks |
US7366826B2 (en) | 2004-12-16 | 2008-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with multi-stream update tracking |
US7412560B2 (en) * | 2004-12-16 | 2008-08-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with multi-stream updating |
US7315916B2 (en) * | 2004-12-16 | 2008-01-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Scratch pad block |
US7849381B2 (en) | 2004-12-21 | 2010-12-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for copying data in reprogrammable non-volatile memory |
US7882299B2 (en) * | 2004-12-21 | 2011-02-01 | Sandisk Corporation | System and method for use of on-chip non-volatile memory write cache |
US6980471B1 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2005-12-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Substrate electron injection techniques for programming non-volatile charge storage memory cells |
US7450433B2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2008-11-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Word line compensation in non-volatile memory erase operations |
ITMI20042538A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2005-03-29 | Atmel Corp | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE REDUCTION OF SOFT-WRITING IN A FLASH MEMORY AT MULTIPLE LEVELS |
US20060140007A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Raul-Adrian Cernea | Non-volatile memory and method with shared processing for an aggregate of read/write circuits |
US7315917B2 (en) | 2005-01-20 | 2008-01-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Scheduling of housekeeping operations in flash memory systems |
US7877539B2 (en) * | 2005-02-16 | 2011-01-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Direct data file storage in flash memories |
US20060184718A1 (en) | 2005-02-16 | 2006-08-17 | Sinclair Alan W | Direct file data programming and deletion in flash memories |
US20060184719A1 (en) * | 2005-02-16 | 2006-08-17 | Sinclair Alan W | Direct data file storage implementation techniques in flash memories |
US9104315B2 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2015-08-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for a mass data storage system having a file-based interface to a host and a non-file-based interface to secondary storage |
US8000502B2 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2011-08-16 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Portable memory storage device with biometric identification security |
US7251160B2 (en) * | 2005-03-16 | 2007-07-31 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with power-saving read and program-verify operations |
US7430138B2 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2008-09-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Erasing non-volatile memory utilizing changing word line conditions to compensate for slower erasing memory cells |
US7522457B2 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2009-04-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for erase voltage manipulation in non-volatile memory for controlled shifts in threshold voltage |
US7457166B2 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2008-11-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Erase voltage manipulation in non-volatile memory for controlled shifts in threshold voltage |
US7170784B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2007-01-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with control gate compensation for source line bias errors |
US7173854B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2007-02-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with compensation for source line bias errors |
US7447078B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2008-11-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for non-volatile memory with background data latch caching during read operations |
US7463521B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2008-12-09 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for non-volatile memory with managed execution of cached data |
US7206230B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2007-04-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Use of data latches in cache operations of non-volatile memories |
KR100666174B1 (en) | 2005-04-27 | 2007-01-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device having three-level memory cells and operating method therefor |
US7564713B2 (en) * | 2005-04-28 | 2009-07-21 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor integrated circuit device wherein during data write a potential transferred to each bit line is changed in accordance with program order of program data |
KR100600301B1 (en) * | 2005-05-25 | 2006-07-13 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Page buffer circuit with reduced size, flash memory device including the page buffer and program operation method of the flash memory device |
US7339834B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2008-03-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Starting program voltage shift with cycling of non-volatile memory |
US7457910B2 (en) | 2005-06-29 | 2008-11-25 | Sandisk Corproation | Method and system for managing partitions in a storage device |
US7656710B1 (en) | 2005-07-14 | 2010-02-02 | Sau Ching Wong | Adaptive operations for nonvolatile memories |
JP4721797B2 (en) * | 2005-07-20 | 2011-07-13 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Writing method for nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US7230854B2 (en) * | 2005-08-01 | 2007-06-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming non-volatile memory with self-adjusting maximum program loop |
US7023737B1 (en) * | 2005-08-01 | 2006-04-04 | Sandisk Corporation | System for programming non-volatile memory with self-adjusting maximum program loop |
US7627733B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2009-12-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for dual mode access for storage devices |
US7669003B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2010-02-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Reprogrammable non-volatile memory systems with indexing of directly stored data files |
US7480766B2 (en) * | 2005-08-03 | 2009-01-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Interfacing systems operating through a logical address space and on a direct data file basis |
US7984084B2 (en) * | 2005-08-03 | 2011-07-19 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory with scheduled reclaim operations |
US7558906B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2009-07-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of managing blocks in nonvolatile memory |
US7949845B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2011-05-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Indexing of file data in reprogrammable non-volatile memories that directly store data files |
US7552271B2 (en) | 2005-08-03 | 2009-06-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory with block management |
US20070059945A1 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2007-03-15 | Nima Mohklesi | Atomic layer deposition with nitridation and oxidation |
US7529905B2 (en) * | 2005-10-13 | 2009-05-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Method of storing transformed units of data in a memory system having fixed sized storage blocks |
US7814262B2 (en) * | 2005-10-13 | 2010-10-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Memory system storing transformed units of data in fixed sized storage blocks |
US7286406B2 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2007-10-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for controlled programming of non-volatile memory exhibiting bit line coupling |
US7206235B1 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2007-04-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Apparatus for controlled programming of non-volatile memory exhibiting bit line coupling |
US7631162B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2009-12-08 | Sandisck Corporation | Non-volatile memory with adaptive handling of data writes |
US7301817B2 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-11-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming of multi-state non-volatile memory using smart verify |
US7509471B2 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods for adaptively handling data writes in non-volatile memories |
US7366022B2 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2008-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Apparatus for programming of multi-state non-volatile memory using smart verify |
US7379330B2 (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2008-05-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Retargetable memory cell redundancy methods |
US8683082B2 (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2014-03-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Removable memory devices for displaying advertisement content on host systems using applications launched from removable memory devices |
US8683081B2 (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2014-03-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Methods for displaying advertisement content on host system using application launched from removable memory device |
US7739472B2 (en) * | 2005-11-22 | 2010-06-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Memory system for legacy hosts |
US7747927B2 (en) * | 2005-11-22 | 2010-06-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for adapting a memory system to operate with a legacy host originally designed to operate with a different memory system |
US7353073B2 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2008-04-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for managing appliances |
US7739078B2 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2010-06-15 | Sandisk Corporation | System for managing appliances |
JP4960378B2 (en) | 2005-12-06 | 2012-06-27 | サンディスク コーポレイション | Method for reducing read disturbance in non-volatile memory |
US7615448B2 (en) * | 2005-12-06 | 2009-11-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Method of forming low resistance void-free contacts |
US7737483B2 (en) * | 2005-12-06 | 2010-06-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Low resistance void-free contacts |
US7877540B2 (en) * | 2005-12-13 | 2011-01-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Logically-addressed file storage methods |
US7355889B2 (en) * | 2005-12-19 | 2008-04-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming non-volatile memory with reduced program disturb using modified pass voltages |
US7355888B2 (en) * | 2005-12-19 | 2008-04-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Apparatus for programming non-volatile memory with reduced program disturb using modified pass voltages |
US7917949B2 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2011-03-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Voice controlled portable memory storage device |
US20070143567A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Gorobets Sergey A | Methods for data alignment in non-volatile memories with a directly mapped file storage system |
US7769978B2 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2010-08-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for accessing non-volatile storage devices |
US20070143561A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Gorobets Sergey A | Methods for adaptive file data handling in non-volatile memories with a directly mapped file storage system |
US8161289B2 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2012-04-17 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Voice controlled portable memory storage device |
US20070143111A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Conley Kevin M | Voice controlled portable memory storage device |
US7793068B2 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2010-09-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Dual mode access for non-volatile storage devices |
US20070143117A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Conley Kevin M | Voice controlled portable memory storage device |
US7655536B2 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2010-02-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of forming flash devices with shared word lines |
US7495294B2 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2009-02-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash devices with shared word lines |
US20070156998A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-07-05 | Gorobets Sergey A | Methods for memory allocation in non-volatile memories with a directly mapped file storage system |
US7747837B2 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2010-06-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for accessing non-volatile storage devices |
US20070143378A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Gorobets Sergey A | Non-volatile memories with adaptive file handling in a directly mapped file storage system |
US20070143566A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Gorobets Sergey A | Non-volatile memories with data alignment in a directly mapped file storage system |
US8484632B2 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2013-07-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | System for program code execution with memory storage controller participation |
US8479186B2 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2013-07-02 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method for program code execution with memory storage controller participation |
KR101016783B1 (en) | 2005-12-27 | 2011-02-25 | 팡 하오 | Flash memory device comprising a booster plate |
US7362615B2 (en) * | 2005-12-27 | 2008-04-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods for active boosting to minimize capacitive coupling effect between adjacent gates of flash memory devices |
US7436703B2 (en) * | 2005-12-27 | 2008-10-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Active boosting to minimize capacitive coupling effect between adjacent gates of flash memory devices |
WO2007076451A2 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-07-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Body effect sensing method for non-volatile memories |
US7349264B2 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2008-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Alternate sensing techniques for non-volatile memories |
US7616481B2 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2009-11-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Memories with alternate sensing techniques |
US7365018B2 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2008-04-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Fabrication of semiconductor device for flash memory with increased select gate width |
US7349260B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2008-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Alternate row-based reading and writing for non-volatile memory |
US7352629B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2008-04-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for continued verification in non-volatile memory write operations |
US7733704B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2010-06-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with power-saving multi-pass sensing |
US7224614B1 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-05-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods for improved program-verify operations in non-volatile memories |
US7310255B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-12-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with improved program-verify operations |
US7443726B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2008-10-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for alternate row-based reading and writing for non-volatile memory |
US7447094B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2008-11-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for power-saving multi-pass sensing in non-volatile memory |
US7307887B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2007-12-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Continued verification in non-volatile memory write operations |
JP2007200512A (en) * | 2006-01-30 | 2007-08-09 | Renesas Technology Corp | Semiconductor memory device |
US20070272090A1 (en) * | 2006-02-01 | 2007-11-29 | Bommaraju Tilak V | Hydrogen mitigation and energy generation with water-activated chemical heaters |
ITRM20060074A1 (en) * | 2006-02-15 | 2007-08-16 | Micron Technology Inc | CIRCUIT FOR DATA LATCH SINGLE IN A VOLATILE MEMORY AND HIGHER LEVEL DEVICE |
US7551466B2 (en) * | 2006-02-23 | 2009-06-23 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Bit line coupling |
EP1991989B1 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2011-01-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Read operation for non-volatile storage with compensation for floating gate coupling |
US7324389B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2008-01-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with redundancy data buffered in remote buffer circuits |
US7394690B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2008-07-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for column redundancy using data latches in solid-state memories |
WO2007112201A2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2007-10-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with redundancy data buffered in data latches for defective locations |
US7352635B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2008-04-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for remote redundancy for non-volatile memory |
EP2002447B1 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2014-02-26 | SanDisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with redundancy data buffered in remote buffer circuits |
US7224605B1 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2007-05-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with redundancy data buffered in data latches for defective locations |
US7511995B2 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2009-03-31 | Sandisk Corporation | Self-boosting system with suppression of high lateral electric fields |
US7428165B2 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2008-09-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Self-boosting method with suppression of high lateral electric fields |
WO2007126665A1 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2007-11-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing the impact of program disturb during read |
US7451264B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2008-11-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Cycle count storage methods |
US7951669B2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2011-05-31 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of making flash memory cell arrays having dual control gates per memory cell charge storage element |
US7467253B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2008-12-16 | Sandisk Corporation | Cycle count storage systems |
US7633786B2 (en) * | 2006-04-18 | 2009-12-15 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Couplings within memory devices and methods |
US7606075B2 (en) * | 2006-04-19 | 2009-10-20 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Read operation for NAND memory |
US7440322B2 (en) * | 2006-04-20 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for flash memory devices |
US7516261B2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2009-04-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for U3 adapter |
US7447821B2 (en) * | 2006-04-21 | 2008-11-04 | Sandisk Corporation | U3 adapter |
US7286408B1 (en) | 2006-05-05 | 2007-10-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Boosting methods for NAND flash memory |
US7436709B2 (en) * | 2006-05-05 | 2008-10-14 | Sandisk Corporation | NAND flash memory with boosting |
US7840875B2 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2010-11-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Convolutional coding methods for nonvolatile memory |
US20070266296A1 (en) * | 2006-05-15 | 2007-11-15 | Conley Kevin M | Nonvolatile Memory with Convolutional Coding |
JP4928830B2 (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2012-05-09 | 株式会社東芝 | NAND flash memory device and memory device |
US7518911B2 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2009-04-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Method and system for programming multi-state non-volatile memory devices |
WO2008097320A2 (en) * | 2006-06-01 | 2008-08-14 | Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. | Premixing injector for gas turbine engines |
US20070277735A1 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-06 | Nima Mokhlesi | Systems for Atomic Layer Deposition of Oxides Using Krypton as an Ion Generating Feeding Gas |
US20070281105A1 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-06 | Nima Mokhlesi | Atomic Layer Deposition of Oxides Using Krypton as an Ion Generating Feeding Gas |
US20100024732A1 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2010-02-04 | Nima Mokhlesi | Systems for Flash Heating in Atomic Layer Deposition |
US20070281082A1 (en) * | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-06 | Nima Mokhlesi | Flash Heating in Atomic Layer Deposition |
US7342831B2 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-03-11 | Sandisk Corporation | System for operating non-volatile memory using temperature compensation of voltages of unselected word lines and select gates |
US7391650B2 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-06-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for operating non-volatile memory using temperature compensation of voltages of unselected word lines and select gates |
US7349261B2 (en) * | 2006-06-19 | 2008-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for increasing programming speed for non-volatile memory by applying counter-transitioning waveforms to word lines |
US7492633B2 (en) * | 2006-06-19 | 2009-02-17 | Sandisk Corporation | System for increasing programming speed for non-volatile memory by applying counter-transitioning waveforms to word lines |
US7486561B2 (en) * | 2006-06-22 | 2009-02-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for non-real time reprogramming of non-volatile memory to achieve tighter distribution of threshold voltages |
US7489549B2 (en) * | 2006-06-22 | 2009-02-10 | Sandisk Corporation | System for non-real time reprogramming of non-volatile memory to achieve tighter distribution of threshold voltages |
US20070297247A1 (en) * | 2006-06-26 | 2007-12-27 | Gerrit Jan Hemink | Method for programming non-volatile memory using variable amplitude programming pulses |
US7894269B2 (en) * | 2006-07-20 | 2011-02-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory and method for compensating during programming for perturbing charges of neighboring cells |
US7885119B2 (en) * | 2006-07-20 | 2011-02-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating for coupling during programming |
US7440326B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Programming non-volatile memory with improved boosting |
US7885112B2 (en) * | 2007-09-07 | 2011-02-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory and method for on-chip pseudo-randomization of data within a page and between pages |
US7606966B2 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods in a pseudo random and command driven bit compensation for the cycling effects in flash memory |
US7734861B2 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2010-06-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Pseudo random and command driven bit compensation for the cycling effects in flash memory |
US7606077B2 (en) * | 2006-09-12 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with reduced erase/write cycling during trimming of initial programming voltage |
US7453731B2 (en) * | 2006-09-12 | 2008-11-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for non-volatile memory with linear estimation of initial programming voltage |
US7606091B2 (en) * | 2006-09-12 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for non-volatile memory with reduced erase/write cycling during trimming of initial programming voltage |
US7599223B2 (en) * | 2006-09-12 | 2009-10-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with linear estimation of initial programming voltage |
JP4819951B2 (en) | 2006-09-12 | 2011-11-24 | サンディスク コーポレイション | Nonvolatile memory and method for linear estimation of initial programming voltage |
US7779056B2 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2010-08-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Managing a pool of update memory blocks based on each block's activity and data order |
US7774392B2 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2010-08-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with management of a pool of update memory blocks based on each block's activity and data order |
US7646054B2 (en) * | 2006-09-19 | 2010-01-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Array of non-volatile memory cells with floating gates formed of spacers in substrate trenches |
US7696044B2 (en) * | 2006-09-19 | 2010-04-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Method of making an array of non-volatile memory cells with floating gates formed of spacers in substrate trenches |
US7716538B2 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2010-05-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Memory with cell population distribution assisted read margining |
US8184478B2 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2012-05-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Apparatus with reduced program disturb in non-volatile storage |
US7886204B2 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2011-02-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of cell population distribution assisted read margining |
US8189378B2 (en) * | 2006-09-27 | 2012-05-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Reducing program disturb in non-volatile storage |
US7818653B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2010-10-19 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of soft-input soft-output decoding for nonvolatile memory |
US7977186B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2011-07-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Providing local boosting control implant for non-volatile memory |
US7705387B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2010-04-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with local boosting control implant |
US7904783B2 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2011-03-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Soft-input soft-output decoder for nonvolatile memory |
US7805663B2 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2010-09-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of adapting operation of nonvolatile memory |
US7656735B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-02-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Dual voltage flash memory methods |
US7447076B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-11-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for reverse reading in non-volatile memory with compensation for coupling |
US7684247B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-03-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Reverse reading in non-volatile memory with compensation for coupling |
US7675802B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2010-03-09 | Sandisk Corporation | Dual voltage flash memory card |
US7450426B2 (en) * | 2006-10-10 | 2008-11-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems utilizing variable program voltage increment values in non-volatile memory program operations |
US7474561B2 (en) * | 2006-10-10 | 2009-01-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Variable program voltage increment values in non-volatile memory program operations |
US20080091871A1 (en) * | 2006-10-12 | 2008-04-17 | Alan David Bennett | Non-volatile memory with worst-case control data management |
US20080091901A1 (en) * | 2006-10-12 | 2008-04-17 | Alan David Bennett | Method for non-volatile memory with worst-case control data management |
US7495954B2 (en) * | 2006-10-13 | 2009-02-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for partitioned erase and erase verification to compensate for capacitive coupling effects in non-volatile memory |
US7535766B2 (en) * | 2006-10-13 | 2009-05-19 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for partitioned soft programming in non-volatile memory |
JP4990978B2 (en) | 2006-10-13 | 2012-08-01 | サンディスク コーポレイション | Partial erasure and erase verification in non-volatile memory devices |
US7499317B2 (en) * | 2006-10-13 | 2009-03-03 | Sandisk Corporation | System for partitioned erase and erase verification in a non-volatile memory to compensate for capacitive coupling |
US7499338B2 (en) * | 2006-10-13 | 2009-03-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Partitioned soft programming in non-volatile memory |
US7372748B2 (en) * | 2006-10-16 | 2008-05-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Voltage regulator in a non-volatile memory device |
US7691710B2 (en) * | 2006-10-17 | 2010-04-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Fabricating non-volatile memory with dual voltage select gate structure |
US7616490B2 (en) * | 2006-10-17 | 2009-11-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Programming non-volatile memory with dual voltage select gate structure |
US7586157B2 (en) * | 2006-10-17 | 2009-09-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with dual voltage select gate structure |
US7596031B2 (en) | 2006-10-30 | 2009-09-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Faster programming of highest multi-level state for non-volatile memory |
US7440323B2 (en) * | 2006-11-02 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing program disturb in non-volatile memory using multiple boosting modes |
US7468911B2 (en) * | 2006-11-02 | 2008-12-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory using multiple boosting modes for reduced program disturb |
US7558109B2 (en) * | 2006-11-03 | 2009-07-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory with variable read threshold |
US7904780B2 (en) | 2006-11-03 | 2011-03-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of modulating error correction coding |
US7904788B2 (en) * | 2006-11-03 | 2011-03-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Methods of varying read threshold voltage in nonvolatile memory |
US8001441B2 (en) * | 2006-11-03 | 2011-08-16 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Nonvolatile memory with modulated error correction coding |
US7508703B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with boost structures |
US7508710B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Operating non-volatile memory with boost structures |
US7696035B2 (en) * | 2006-11-13 | 2010-04-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for fabricating non-volatile memory with boost structures |
US7623387B2 (en) * | 2006-12-12 | 2009-11-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with early source-side boosting for reducing program disturb |
US7623386B2 (en) * | 2006-12-12 | 2009-11-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing program disturb in non-volatile storage using early source-side boosting |
WO2008073892A2 (en) | 2006-12-12 | 2008-06-19 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing program disturb in non-volatile storage using early source-side boosting |
US7642160B2 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2010-01-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Method of forming a flash NAND memory cell array with charge storage elements positioned in trenches |
US7800161B2 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2010-09-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash NAND memory cell array with charge storage elements positioned in trenches |
US8046522B2 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2011-10-25 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Use of a direct data file system with a continuous logical address space interface and control of file address storage in logical blocks |
US8166267B2 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2012-04-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Managing a LBA interface in a direct data file memory system |
US20080155175A1 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2008-06-26 | Sinclair Alan W | Host System That Manages a LBA Interface With Flash Memory |
US8209461B2 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2012-06-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Configuration of host LBA interface with flash memory |
US7739444B2 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2010-06-15 | Sandisk Corporation | System using a direct data file system with a continuous logical address space interface |
US7917686B2 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2011-03-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Host system with direct data file interface configurability |
US7551482B2 (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2009-06-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for programming with initial programming voltage based on trial |
KR100794311B1 (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2008-01-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Program method of blocking program error for multi bit flash memory device |
US7570520B2 (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2009-08-04 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage system with initial programming voltage based on trial |
US7890724B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2011-02-15 | Sandisk Corporation | System for code execution |
US7433241B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-10-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Programming non-volatile memory with reduced program disturb by removing pre-charge dependency on word line data |
US7489547B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2009-02-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Method of NAND flash memory cell array with adaptive memory state partitioning |
US7450430B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-11-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Programming non-volatile memory with reduced program disturb by using different pre-charge enable voltages |
US7463531B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-12-09 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for programming non-volatile memory with reduced program disturb by using different pre-charge enable voltages |
US7489548B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2009-02-10 | Sandisk Corporation | NAND flash memory cell array with adaptive memory state partitioning |
US7468918B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-12-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for programming non-volatile memory with reduced program disturb by removing pre-charge dependency on word line data |
US7890723B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2011-02-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for code execution |
US7525843B2 (en) * | 2006-12-30 | 2009-04-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with adaptive body bias |
US7468920B2 (en) * | 2006-12-30 | 2008-12-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Applying adaptive body bias to non-volatile storage |
US7583535B2 (en) * | 2006-12-30 | 2009-09-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Biasing non-volatile storage to compensate for temperature variations |
US7554853B2 (en) * | 2006-12-30 | 2009-06-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with bias based on selective word line |
US7468919B2 (en) * | 2006-12-30 | 2008-12-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Biasing non-volatile storage based on selected word line |
US7583539B2 (en) * | 2006-12-30 | 2009-09-01 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with bias for temperature compensation |
US7679965B2 (en) * | 2007-01-31 | 2010-03-16 | Sandisk Il Ltd | Flash memory with improved programming precision |
WO2008103586A1 (en) | 2007-02-20 | 2008-08-28 | Sandisk Corporation | Dynamic verify based on threshold voltage distribution |
US7499320B2 (en) * | 2007-03-07 | 2009-03-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with cache page copy |
US7502255B2 (en) * | 2007-03-07 | 2009-03-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for cache page copy in a non-volatile memory |
US7477547B2 (en) * | 2007-03-28 | 2009-01-13 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory refresh techniques triggered by controlled scrub data reads |
US7573773B2 (en) * | 2007-03-28 | 2009-08-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Flash memory with data refresh triggered by controlled scrub data reads |
US7904793B2 (en) * | 2007-03-29 | 2011-03-08 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for decoding data in non-volatile storage using reliability metrics based on multiple reads |
US7508713B2 (en) * | 2007-03-29 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Method of compensating variations along a word line in a non-volatile memory |
US7577031B2 (en) * | 2007-03-29 | 2009-08-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with compensation for variations along a word line |
US7797480B2 (en) * | 2007-03-29 | 2010-09-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for reading non-volatile storage using pre-conditioning waveforms and modified reliability metrics |
US7532516B2 (en) * | 2007-04-05 | 2009-05-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with current sensing of negative threshold voltages |
US7606076B2 (en) * | 2007-04-05 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Sensing in non-volatile storage using pulldown to regulated source voltage to remove system noise |
US7643348B2 (en) * | 2007-04-10 | 2010-01-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Predictive programming in non-volatile memory |
US7551483B2 (en) * | 2007-04-10 | 2009-06-23 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with predictive programming |
US7606071B2 (en) * | 2007-04-24 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensating source voltage drop in non-volatile storage |
US7606072B2 (en) * | 2007-04-24 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with compensation for source voltage drop |
US7606079B2 (en) * | 2007-04-25 | 2009-10-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing power consumption during read operations in non-volatile storage |
US7440327B1 (en) | 2007-04-25 | 2008-10-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with reduced power consumption during read operations |
US7460404B1 (en) * | 2007-05-07 | 2008-12-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Boosting for non-volatile storage using channel isolation switching |
US7577026B2 (en) * | 2007-05-07 | 2009-08-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Source and drain side early boosting using local self boosting for non-volatile storage |
US7463522B2 (en) * | 2007-05-07 | 2008-12-09 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with boosting using channel isolation switching |
US8073648B2 (en) | 2007-05-14 | 2011-12-06 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Measuring threshold voltage distribution in memory using an aggregate characteristic |
US20080294813A1 (en) * | 2007-05-24 | 2008-11-27 | Sergey Anatolievich Gorobets | Managing Housekeeping Operations in Flash Memory |
US20080294814A1 (en) * | 2007-05-24 | 2008-11-27 | Sergey Anatolievich Gorobets | Flash Memory System with Management of Housekeeping Operations |
US7489553B2 (en) * | 2007-06-07 | 2009-02-10 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with improved sensing having bit-line lockout control |
US7492640B2 (en) * | 2007-06-07 | 2009-02-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Sensing with bit-line lockout control in non-volatile memory |
US8429352B2 (en) * | 2007-06-08 | 2013-04-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method and system for memory block flushing |
US8713283B2 (en) * | 2007-06-08 | 2014-04-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method of interfacing a host operating through a logical address space with a direct file storage medium |
US20080307156A1 (en) * | 2007-06-08 | 2008-12-11 | Sinclair Alan W | System For Interfacing A Host Operating Through A Logical Address Space With A Direct File Storage Medium |
US8239639B2 (en) * | 2007-06-08 | 2012-08-07 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing data type and host file information to a mass storage system |
US20080320366A1 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2008-12-25 | Lin Jason T | Methods of reading nonvolatile memory |
US7849383B2 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2010-12-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems and methods for reading nonvolatile memory using multiple reading schemes |
US7471567B1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2008-12-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for source bias all bit line sensing in non-volatile storage |
US7545678B2 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-06-09 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile storage with source bias all bit line sensing |
US7508715B2 (en) * | 2007-07-03 | 2009-03-24 | Sandisk Corporation | Coarse/fine program verification in non-volatile memory using different reference levels for improved sensing |
US7599224B2 (en) * | 2007-07-03 | 2009-10-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Systems for coarse/fine program verification in non-volatile memory using different reference levels for improved sensing |
KR100885785B1 (en) * | 2007-09-10 | 2009-02-26 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Programming method of a flash memory device |
US7652929B2 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2010-01-26 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method for biasing adjacent word line for verify during programming |
US8026170B2 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2011-09-27 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method of forming a single-layer metal conductors with multiple thicknesses |
US7577034B2 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-08-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Reducing programming voltage differential nonlinearity in non-volatile storage |
US7978520B2 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2011-07-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Compensation of non-volatile memory chip non-idealities by program pulse adjustment |
US20090088876A1 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2009-04-02 | Conley Kevin M | Portable, digital media player and associated methods |
KR101391881B1 (en) * | 2007-10-23 | 2014-05-07 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Multi-bit flash memory device and program and read methods thereof |
US8296498B2 (en) * | 2007-11-13 | 2012-10-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method and system for virtual fast access non-volatile RAM |
US7613045B2 (en) * | 2007-11-26 | 2009-11-03 | Sandisk Il, Ltd. | Operation sequence and commands for measuring threshold voltage distribution in memory |
US7688638B2 (en) * | 2007-12-07 | 2010-03-30 | Sandisk Corporation | Faster programming of multi-level non-volatile storage through reduced verify operations |
US7701761B2 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2010-04-20 | Sandisk Corporation | Read, verify word line reference voltage to track source level |
US7764547B2 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2010-07-27 | Sandisk Corporation | Regulation of source potential to combat cell source IR drop |
US8880483B2 (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2014-11-04 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | System and method for implementing extensions to intelligently manage resources of a mass storage system |
US7593265B2 (en) * | 2007-12-28 | 2009-09-22 | Sandisk Corporation | Low noise sense amplifier array and method for nonvolatile memory |
WO2009117631A2 (en) * | 2008-03-21 | 2009-09-24 | Kingsdown, Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for providing a sleep system having customized zoned support and zoned comfort |
US7915664B2 (en) * | 2008-04-17 | 2011-03-29 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory with sidewall channels and raised source/drain regions |
US20090271562A1 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2009-10-29 | Sinclair Alan W | Method and system for storage address re-mapping for a multi-bank memory device |
US7808819B2 (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2010-10-05 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Method for adaptive setting of state voltage levels in non-volatile memory |
US7808836B2 (en) * | 2008-04-29 | 2010-10-05 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Non-volatile memory with adaptive setting of state voltage levels |
US8051240B2 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2011-11-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Compensating non-volatile storage using different pass voltages during program-verify and read |
US7719902B2 (en) * | 2008-05-23 | 2010-05-18 | Sandisk Corporation | Enhanced bit-line pre-charge scheme for increasing channel boosting in non-volatile storage |
US7952928B2 (en) * | 2008-05-27 | 2011-05-31 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Increasing read throughput in non-volatile memory |
US7957197B2 (en) * | 2008-05-28 | 2011-06-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory with a current sense amplifier having a precharge circuit and a transfer gate coupled to a sense node |
US7826271B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2010-11-02 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory with index programming and reduced verify |
US7813172B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2010-10-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory with correlated multiple pass programming |
US7800945B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2010-09-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for index programming and reduced verify in nonvolatile memory |
US7796435B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2010-09-14 | Sandisk Corporation | Method for correlated multiple pass programming in nonvolatile memory |
US7848144B2 (en) * | 2008-06-16 | 2010-12-07 | Sandisk Corporation | Reverse order page writing in flash memories |
JP5283989B2 (en) * | 2008-06-24 | 2013-09-04 | 株式会社東芝 | Memory system and memory access method |
US8710907B2 (en) | 2008-06-24 | 2014-04-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Clock generator circuit for a charge pump |
US7800956B2 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2010-09-21 | Sandisk Corporation | Programming algorithm to reduce disturb with minimal extra time penalty |
US7751249B2 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2010-07-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Minimizing power noise during sensing in memory device |
US7751250B2 (en) * | 2008-06-27 | 2010-07-06 | Sandisk Corporation | Memory device with power noise minimization during sensing |
US7715235B2 (en) * | 2008-08-25 | 2010-05-11 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method for ramp-down programming |
US7768836B2 (en) * | 2008-10-10 | 2010-08-03 | Sandisk Corporation | Nonvolatile memory and method with reduced program verify by ignoring fastest and/or slowest programming bits |
US8254177B2 (en) * | 2008-10-24 | 2012-08-28 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Programming non-volatile memory with variable initial programming pulse |
US8130556B2 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2012-03-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Pair bit line programming to improve boost voltage clamping |
KR101541812B1 (en) | 2008-11-19 | 2015-08-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Nonvolatile memory device |
US7813181B2 (en) * | 2008-12-31 | 2010-10-12 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method for sensing with pipelined corrections for neighboring perturbations |
US7944754B2 (en) * | 2008-12-31 | 2011-05-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and method with continuous scanning time-domain sensing |
US8094500B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2012-01-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with write cache partitioning |
EP2374063B1 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2017-11-22 | SanDisk Technologies LLC | Non-volatile memory and method with write cache partitioning |
US8244960B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2012-08-14 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with write cache partition management methods |
US8040744B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2011-10-18 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Spare block management of non-volatile memories |
US8700840B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2014-04-15 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Nonvolatile memory with write cache having flush/eviction methods |
US7974133B2 (en) | 2009-01-06 | 2011-07-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Robust sensing circuit and method |
US8026544B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2011-09-27 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Fabricating and operating a memory array having a multi-level cell region and a single-level cell region |
US7983065B2 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2011-07-19 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Three-dimensional array of re-programmable non-volatile memory elements having vertical bit lines |
JP2012523648A (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2012-10-04 | サンディスク スリーディー,エルエルシー | Three-dimensional array of reprogrammable non-volatile memory devices having vertical bit line and dual global bit line architecture |
US8351236B2 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2013-01-08 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Three-dimensional array of re-programmable non-volatile memory elements having vertical bit lines and a single-sided word line architecture |
US8199576B2 (en) * | 2009-04-08 | 2012-06-12 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Three-dimensional array of re-programmable non-volatile memory elements having vertical bit lines and a double-global-bit-line architecture |
US7907449B2 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2011-03-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Two pass erase for non-volatile storage |
KR101528886B1 (en) * | 2009-04-09 | 2015-06-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Programing method of nonvolatile memory device |
US8223555B2 (en) | 2009-05-07 | 2012-07-17 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Multiple level program verify in a memory device |
US8102705B2 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2012-01-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Structure and method for shuffling data within non-volatile memory devices |
US8027195B2 (en) | 2009-06-05 | 2011-09-27 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Folding data stored in binary format into multi-state format within non-volatile memory devices |
US20100318720A1 (en) | 2009-06-16 | 2010-12-16 | Saranyan Rajagopalan | Multi-Bank Non-Volatile Memory System with Satellite File System |
US7974124B2 (en) | 2009-06-24 | 2011-07-05 | Sandisk Corporation | Pointer based column selection techniques in non-volatile memories |
US8054691B2 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2011-11-08 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Detecting the completion of programming for non-volatile storage |
US20110002169A1 (en) | 2009-07-06 | 2011-01-06 | Yan Li | Bad Column Management with Bit Information in Non-Volatile Memory Systems |
US8383479B2 (en) | 2009-07-21 | 2013-02-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Integrated nanostructure-based non-volatile memory fabrication |
US8339183B2 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2012-12-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Charge pump with reduced energy consumption through charge sharing and clock boosting suitable for high voltage word line in flash memories |
US8144511B2 (en) | 2009-08-19 | 2012-03-27 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selective memory cell program and erase |
US8400854B2 (en) | 2009-09-11 | 2013-03-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Identifying at-risk data in non-volatile storage |
JP5002632B2 (en) * | 2009-09-25 | 2012-08-15 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US8214700B2 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2012-07-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with post-write read and adaptive re-write to manage errors |
US8634240B2 (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2014-01-21 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with accelerated post-write read to manage errors |
US8423866B2 (en) * | 2009-10-28 | 2013-04-16 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with post-write read and adaptive re-write to manage errors |
US8473809B2 (en) | 2009-11-20 | 2013-06-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Data coding for improved ECC efficiency |
US8473669B2 (en) * | 2009-12-07 | 2013-06-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method and system for concurrent background and foreground operations in a non-volatile memory array |
US8174895B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2012-05-08 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Programming non-volatile storage with fast bit detection and verify skip |
US8725935B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2014-05-13 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Balanced performance for on-chip folding of non-volatile memories |
US8054684B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2011-11-08 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with atomic program sequence and write abort detection |
US8468294B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-06-18 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory with multi-gear control using on-chip folding of data |
US20110153912A1 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2011-06-23 | Sergey Anatolievich Gorobets | Maintaining Updates of Multi-Level Non-Volatile Memory in Binary Non-Volatile Memory |
US8144512B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2012-03-27 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Data transfer flows for on-chip folding |
US8213255B2 (en) | 2010-02-19 | 2012-07-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage with temperature compensation based on neighbor state information |
US7888966B1 (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2011-02-15 | Sandisk Corporation | Enhancement of input/output for non source-synchronous interfaces |
US8218366B2 (en) | 2010-04-18 | 2012-07-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Programming non-volatile storage including reducing impact from other memory cells |
US8546214B2 (en) | 2010-04-22 | 2013-10-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | P-type control gate in non-volatile storage and methods for forming same |
US8427874B2 (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2013-04-23 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with even/odd combined block decoding |
US8208310B2 (en) | 2010-05-04 | 2012-06-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Mitigating channel coupling effects during sensing of non-volatile storage elements |
US8416624B2 (en) | 2010-05-21 | 2013-04-09 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Erase and programming techniques to reduce the widening of state distributions in non-volatile memories |
US8274831B2 (en) | 2010-05-24 | 2012-09-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Programming non-volatile storage with synchronized coupling |
US8400827B2 (en) | 2010-06-07 | 2013-03-19 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Non-volatile memory programming |
US8526237B2 (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2013-09-03 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Non-volatile memory having 3D array of read/write elements and read/write circuits and method thereof |
US20110297912A1 (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2011-12-08 | George Samachisa | Non-Volatile Memory Having 3d Array of Read/Write Elements with Vertical Bit Lines and Laterally Aligned Active Elements and Methods Thereof |
US8546239B2 (en) | 2010-06-11 | 2013-10-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Methods of fabricating non-volatile memory with air gaps |
US8946048B2 (en) | 2010-06-19 | 2015-02-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method of fabricating non-volatile memory with flat cell structures and air gap isolation |
US8603890B2 (en) | 2010-06-19 | 2013-12-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Air gap isolation in non-volatile memory |
US8417876B2 (en) | 2010-06-23 | 2013-04-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Use of guard bands and phased maintenance operations to avoid exceeding maximum latency requirements in non-volatile memory systems |
US8543757B2 (en) | 2010-06-23 | 2013-09-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Techniques of maintaining logical to physical mapping information in non-volatile memory systems |
US8432732B2 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2013-04-30 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Detection of word-line leakage in memory arrays |
US8514630B2 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2013-08-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Detection of word-line leakage in memory arrays: current based approach |
US8305807B2 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2012-11-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Detection of broken word-lines in memory arrays |
US9069688B2 (en) | 2011-04-15 | 2015-06-30 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Dynamic optimization of back-end memory system interface |
US8464135B2 (en) | 2010-07-13 | 2013-06-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive flash interface |
CN107093464A (en) | 2010-07-13 | 2017-08-25 | 桑迪士克科技有限责任公司 | The dynamic optimization of background memory system interface |
US8369156B2 (en) | 2010-07-13 | 2013-02-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Fast random access to non-volatile storage |
US8374031B2 (en) | 2010-09-29 | 2013-02-12 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Techniques for the fast settling of word lines in NAND flash memory |
US8452911B2 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2013-05-28 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Synchronized maintenance operations in a multi-bank storage system |
US20120081172A1 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2012-04-05 | Jonathan Hoang Huynh | High Voltage Switch Suitable for Use in Flash Memory |
US8106701B1 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2012-01-31 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Level shifter with shoot-through current isolation |
US8837216B2 (en) | 2010-12-13 | 2014-09-16 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage system with shared bit lines connected to a single selection device |
US8625322B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2014-01-07 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Non-volatile memory having 3D array of read/write elements with low current structures and methods thereof |
US9227456B2 (en) | 2010-12-14 | 2016-01-05 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Memories with cylindrical read/write stacks |
US20120159040A1 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2012-06-21 | Dhaval Parikh | Auxiliary Interface for Non-Volatile Memory System |
US8339185B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-12-25 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Charge pump system that dynamically selects number of active stages |
US8294509B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-10-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Charge pump systems with reduction in inefficiencies due to charge sharing between capacitances |
US8472280B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2013-06-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Alternate page by page programming scheme |
US8422296B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2013-04-16 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Early detection of degradation in NAND flash memory |
US8422303B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2013-04-16 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Early degradation detection in flash memory using test cells |
US8649215B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2014-02-11 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Data management in flash memory using probability of charge disturbances |
US8599609B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2013-12-03 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Data management in flash memory using probability of charge disturbances |
US8369143B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2013-02-05 | HGST Netherlands B.V. | Early detection of degradation in NOR flash memory |
US8099652B1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2012-01-17 | Sandisk Corporation | Non-volatile memory and methods with reading soft bits in non uniform schemes |
US8498152B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2013-07-30 | Sandisk Il Ltd. | Non-volatile memory and methods with soft-bit reads while reading hard bits with compensation for coupling |
US8782495B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-07-15 | Sandisk Il Ltd | Non-volatile memory and methods with asymmetric soft read points around hard read points |
US8778749B2 (en) | 2011-01-12 | 2014-07-15 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Air isolation in high density non-volatile memory |
JP5330421B2 (en) | 2011-02-01 | 2013-10-30 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US8472257B2 (en) | 2011-03-24 | 2013-06-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Nonvolatile memory and method for improved programming with reduced verify |
US9342446B2 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2016-05-17 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory system allowing reverse eviction of data updates to non-volatile binary cache |
US8334796B2 (en) | 2011-04-08 | 2012-12-18 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Hardware efficient on-chip digital temperature coefficient voltage generator and method |
US8537593B2 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2013-09-17 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Variable resistance switch suitable for supplying high voltage to drive load |
US8713380B2 (en) | 2011-05-03 | 2014-04-29 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method having efficient on-chip block-copying with controlled error rate |
US8379454B2 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2013-02-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Detection of broken word-lines in memory arrays |
US9176864B2 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2015-11-03 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method having block management with hot/cold data sorting |
JP2014513850A (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2014-06-05 | サンディスク テクノロジィース インコーポレイテッド | Nonvolatile memory and method in which small logical groups are distributed across active SLC and MLC memory partitions |
US9141528B2 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2015-09-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Tracking and handling of super-hot data in non-volatile memory systems |
US8843693B2 (en) | 2011-05-17 | 2014-09-23 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with improved data scrambling |
US8456911B2 (en) | 2011-06-07 | 2013-06-04 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Intelligent shifting of read pass voltages for non-volatile storage |
US8427884B2 (en) | 2011-06-20 | 2013-04-23 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Bit scan circuits and method in non-volatile memory |
US8432740B2 (en) | 2011-07-21 | 2013-04-30 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Program algorithm with staircase waveform decomposed into multiple passes |
US8726104B2 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2014-05-13 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with accelerated post-write read using combined verification of multiple pages |
US8775901B2 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2014-07-08 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Data recovery for defective word lines during programming of non-volatile memory arrays |
US20130031431A1 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2013-01-31 | Eran Sharon | Post-Write Read in Non-Volatile Memories Using Comparison of Data as Written in Binary and Multi-State Formats |
US8750042B2 (en) | 2011-07-28 | 2014-06-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Combined simultaneous sensing of multiple wordlines in a post-write read (PWR) and detection of NAND failures |
US8699247B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2014-04-15 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Charge pump system dynamically reconfigurable for read and program |
US8638606B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2014-01-28 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Substrate bias during program of non-volatile storage |
WO2013043602A2 (en) | 2011-09-19 | 2013-03-28 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | High endurance non-volatile storage |
US8406053B1 (en) | 2011-09-21 | 2013-03-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | On chip dynamic read for non-volatile storage |
US8514628B2 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2013-08-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Dynamic switching approach to reduce area and power consumption of high voltage charge pumps |
US8400212B1 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2013-03-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | High voltage charge pump regulation system with fine step adjustment |
US8395434B1 (en) | 2011-10-05 | 2013-03-12 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Level shifter with negative voltage capability |
US8705293B2 (en) | 2011-10-20 | 2014-04-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Compact sense amplifier for non-volatile memory suitable for quick pass write |
WO2013058960A2 (en) | 2011-10-20 | 2013-04-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Compact sense amplifier for non-volatile memory |
US8630120B2 (en) | 2011-10-20 | 2014-01-14 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Compact sense amplifier for non-volatile memory |
US8917554B2 (en) | 2011-10-26 | 2014-12-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Back-biasing word line switch transistors |
US8593866B2 (en) | 2011-11-11 | 2013-11-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for operating multi-bank nonvolatile memory |
US9076544B2 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2015-07-07 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Operation for non-volatile storage system with shared bit lines |
WO2013074528A1 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2013-05-23 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile storage with broken word line screen and data recovery |
US8687421B2 (en) | 2011-11-21 | 2014-04-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Scrub techniques for use with dynamic read |
US8811091B2 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2014-08-19 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with improved first pass programming |
US8762627B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2014-06-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Memory logical defragmentation during garbage collection |
US8885404B2 (en) | 2011-12-24 | 2014-11-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage system with three layer floating gate |
US8811075B2 (en) | 2012-01-06 | 2014-08-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Charge cycling by equalizing and regulating the source, well, and bit line levels during write operations for NAND flash memory: verify to program transition |
US8582381B2 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2013-11-12 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Temperature based compensation during verify operations for non-volatile storage |
US8730722B2 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2014-05-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Saving of data in cases of word-line to word-line short in memory arrays |
US8937835B2 (en) | 2012-03-13 | 2015-01-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage with read process that reduces disturb |
US8842473B2 (en) | 2012-03-15 | 2014-09-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Techniques for accessing column selecting shift register with skipped entries in non-volatile memories |
US8897085B2 (en) | 2012-03-19 | 2014-11-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Immunity against temporary and short power drops in non-volatile memory: pausing techniques |
US8902659B2 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2014-12-02 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Shared-bit-line bit line setup scheme |
US8804430B2 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2014-08-12 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selected word line dependent select gate diffusion region voltage during programming |
US8638608B2 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2014-01-28 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selected word line dependent select gate voltage during program |
US8804425B2 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2014-08-12 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selected word line dependent programming voltage |
US8760957B2 (en) | 2012-03-27 | 2014-06-24 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method having a memory array with a high-speed, short bit-line portion |
JP6139187B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2017-05-31 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Semiconductor device |
US9053066B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2015-06-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | NAND flash memory interface |
US9135192B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2015-09-15 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Memory system with command queue reordering |
US8995183B2 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2015-03-31 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Data retention in nonvolatile memory with multiple data storage formats |
US8732391B2 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2014-05-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Obsolete block management for data retention in nonvolatile memory |
US8681548B2 (en) | 2012-05-03 | 2014-03-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Column redundancy circuitry for non-volatile memory |
US8937837B2 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2015-01-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Bit line BL isolation scheme during erase operation for non-volatile storage |
US9281029B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2016-03-08 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Non-volatile memory having 3D array architecture with bit line voltage control and methods thereof |
US20130336037A1 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2013-12-19 | Sandisk 3D Llc | 3d memory having vertical switches with surround gates and method thereof |
US20140003176A1 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2014-01-02 | Man Lung Mui | Compact High Speed Sense Amplifier for Non-Volatile Memory with Reduced layout Area and Power Consumption |
US8971141B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2015-03-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Compact high speed sense amplifier for non-volatile memory and hybrid lockout |
US9293195B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2016-03-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Compact high speed sense amplifier for non-volatile memory |
US9142305B2 (en) | 2012-06-28 | 2015-09-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | System to reduce stress on word line select transistor during erase operation |
US8566671B1 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2013-10-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Configurable accelerated post-write read to manage errors |
US9053819B2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2015-06-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Programming method to tighten threshold voltage width with avoiding program disturb |
US8830745B2 (en) | 2012-07-17 | 2014-09-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Memory system with unverified program step |
JP5385435B1 (en) * | 2012-07-18 | 2014-01-08 | 力晶科技股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and reading method thereof |
US8854900B2 (en) | 2012-07-26 | 2014-10-07 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with peak current control |
US8750045B2 (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2014-06-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Experience count dependent program algorithm for flash memory |
US8737125B2 (en) | 2012-08-07 | 2014-05-27 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Aggregating data latches for program level determination |
US8730724B2 (en) | 2012-08-07 | 2014-05-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Common line current for program level determination in flash memory |
US9224475B2 (en) | 2012-08-23 | 2015-12-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Structures and methods for making NAND flash memory |
US9036417B2 (en) | 2012-09-06 | 2015-05-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | On chip dynamic read level scan and error detection for nonvolatile storage |
US20140071761A1 (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2014-03-13 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage with joint hard bit and soft bit reading |
US9329986B2 (en) | 2012-09-10 | 2016-05-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Peak current management in multi-die non-volatile memory devices |
US8887011B2 (en) | 2012-09-13 | 2014-11-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Erased page confirmation in multilevel memory |
US9099532B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2015-08-04 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Processes for NAND flash memory fabrication |
US8710909B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2014-04-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Circuits for prevention of reverse leakage in Vth-cancellation charge pumps |
US9153595B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2015-10-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Methods of making word lines and select lines in NAND flash memory |
US9164526B2 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2015-10-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Sigma delta over-sampling charge pump analog-to-digital converter |
US9810723B2 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2017-11-07 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Charge pump based over-sampling ADC for current detection |
US9490035B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2016-11-08 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Centralized variable rate serializer and deserializer for bad column management |
US8897080B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2014-11-25 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Variable rate serial to parallel shift register |
US9076506B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2015-07-07 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Variable rate parallel to serial shift register |
US9053011B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2015-06-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selective protection of lower page data during upper page write |
US9129854B2 (en) | 2012-10-04 | 2015-09-08 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Full metal gate replacement process for NAND flash memory |
US9047974B2 (en) | 2012-10-04 | 2015-06-02 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Erased state reading |
US20140108705A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Use of High Endurance Non-Volatile Memory for Read Acceleration |
US9218881B2 (en) | 2012-10-23 | 2015-12-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Flash memory blocks with extended data retention |
US9159406B2 (en) | 2012-11-02 | 2015-10-13 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Single-level cell endurance improvement with pre-defined blocks |
US8902669B2 (en) | 2012-11-08 | 2014-12-02 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Flash memory with data retention bias |
US9466382B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2016-10-11 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Compensation for sub-block erase |
US8830717B2 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2014-09-09 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Optimized configurable NAND parameters |
US9171620B2 (en) | 2012-11-29 | 2015-10-27 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Weighted read scrub for nonvolatile memory |
US9183945B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2015-11-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods to avoid false verify and false read |
US8823075B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2014-09-02 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Select gate formation for nanodot flat cell |
US9146807B2 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2015-09-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Bad column handling in flash memory |
US9087601B2 (en) | 2012-12-06 | 2015-07-21 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Select gate bias during program of non-volatile storage |
US8995184B2 (en) | 2012-12-06 | 2015-03-31 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive operation of multi level cell memory |
US9104591B2 (en) | 2012-12-11 | 2015-08-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Data recovery on cluster failures and ECC enhancements with code word interleaving |
US9123577B2 (en) | 2012-12-12 | 2015-09-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Air gap isolation in non-volatile memory using sacrificial films |
US8988941B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2015-03-24 | SanDisk Tehcnologies Inc. | Select transistor tuning |
US9336133B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2016-05-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method and system for managing program cycles including maintenance programming operations in a multi-layer memory |
US9734050B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2017-08-15 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Method and system for managing background operations in a multi-layer memory |
US9734911B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2017-08-15 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Method and system for asynchronous die operations in a non-volatile memory |
US9223693B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2015-12-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Memory system having an unequal number of memory die on different control channels |
US8923065B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2014-12-30 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Nonvolatile memory and method with improved I/O interface |
US8873284B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2014-10-28 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method and system for program scheduling in a multi-layer memory |
US9465731B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2016-10-11 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Multi-layer non-volatile memory system having multiple partitions in a layer |
US9348746B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2016-05-24 | Sandisk Technologies | Method and system for managing block reclaim operations in a multi-layer memory |
US9076545B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2015-07-07 | Sandisk Tecnologies Inc. | Dynamic adjustment of read voltage levels based on memory cell threshold voltage distribution |
US8913428B2 (en) | 2013-01-25 | 2014-12-16 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Programming non-volatile storage system with multiple memory die |
US9026757B2 (en) | 2013-01-25 | 2015-05-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile memory programming data preservation |
US8885416B2 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2014-11-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Bit line current trip point modulation for reading nonvolatile storage elements |
US9098205B2 (en) | 2013-01-30 | 2015-08-04 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Data randomization in 3-D memory |
US8971128B2 (en) | 2013-01-31 | 2015-03-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive initial program voltage for non-volatile memory |
US8836412B2 (en) | 2013-02-11 | 2014-09-16 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Charge pump with a power-controlled clock buffer to reduce power consumption and output voltage ripple |
US8995195B2 (en) | 2013-02-12 | 2015-03-31 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Fast-reading NAND flash memory |
US8987802B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2015-03-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Method for using nanoparticles to make uniform discrete floating gate layer |
US9064547B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2015-06-23 | Sandisk 3D Llc | 3D non-volatile memory having low-current cells and methods |
US9384839B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2016-07-05 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Write sequence providing write abort protection |
US9349452B2 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2016-05-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Hybrid non-volatile memory cells for shared bit line |
US9165656B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2015-10-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage with shared bit lines and flat memory cells |
US9331181B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2016-05-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Nanodot enhanced hybrid floating gate for non-volatile memory devices |
US8988947B2 (en) | 2013-03-25 | 2015-03-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Back bias during program verify of non-volatile storage |
US8942038B2 (en) | 2013-04-02 | 2015-01-27 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | High endurance nonvolatile memory |
US8932948B2 (en) | 2013-04-18 | 2015-01-13 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Memory cell floating gate replacement |
US9070449B2 (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2015-06-30 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Defective block management |
JP2014225310A (en) * | 2013-05-16 | 2014-12-04 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US9177808B2 (en) | 2013-05-21 | 2015-11-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Memory device with control gate oxygen diffusion control and method of making thereof |
US9728526B2 (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2017-08-08 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Packaging of high performance system topology for NAND memory systems |
CN105122227B (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2018-10-23 | 桑迪士克科技有限责任公司 | High performance system for nand memory system opens up benefit |
US9183086B2 (en) | 2013-06-03 | 2015-11-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selection of data for redundancy calculation in three dimensional nonvolatile memory |
US9218890B2 (en) | 2013-06-03 | 2015-12-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive operation of three dimensional memory |
US9123430B2 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2015-09-01 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Differential current sense amplifier and method for non-volatile memory |
US8981835B2 (en) | 2013-06-18 | 2015-03-17 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Efficient voltage doubler |
US8933516B1 (en) | 2013-06-24 | 2015-01-13 | Sandisk 3D Llc | High capacity select switches for three-dimensional structures |
US9024680B2 (en) | 2013-06-24 | 2015-05-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Efficiency for charge pumps with low supply voltages |
US9077238B2 (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2015-07-07 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Capacitive regulation of charge pumps without refresh operation interruption |
US9230656B2 (en) | 2013-06-26 | 2016-01-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | System for maintaining back gate threshold voltage in three dimensional NAND memory |
US20150006784A1 (en) | 2013-06-27 | 2015-01-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Efficient Post Write Read in Three Dimensional Nonvolatile Memory |
US9007046B2 (en) | 2013-06-27 | 2015-04-14 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Efficient high voltage bias regulation circuit |
US8969153B2 (en) | 2013-07-01 | 2015-03-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | NAND string containing self-aligned control gate sidewall cladding |
US9063671B2 (en) | 2013-07-02 | 2015-06-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Write operations with full sequence programming for defect management in nonvolatile memory |
US9218242B2 (en) | 2013-07-02 | 2015-12-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Write operations for defect management in nonvolatile memory |
US9177663B2 (en) | 2013-07-18 | 2015-11-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Dynamic regulation of memory array source line |
US9442842B2 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2016-09-13 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Memory system performance configuration |
US9142324B2 (en) | 2013-09-03 | 2015-09-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Bad block reconfiguration in nonvolatile memory |
US8932955B1 (en) | 2013-09-04 | 2015-01-13 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Triple patterning NAND flash memory with SOC |
US9613806B2 (en) | 2013-09-04 | 2017-04-04 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Triple patterning NAND flash memory |
US9342401B2 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2016-05-17 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selective in-situ retouching of data in nonvolatile memory |
US9240238B2 (en) | 2013-09-20 | 2016-01-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Back gate operation with elevated threshold voltage |
US9165683B2 (en) | 2013-09-23 | 2015-10-20 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Multi-word line erratic programming detection |
US9083231B2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2015-07-14 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Amplitude modulation for pass gate to improve charge pump efficiency |
US8929141B1 (en) | 2013-10-02 | 2015-01-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Three-dimensional NAND memory with adaptive erase |
US9177673B2 (en) | 2013-10-28 | 2015-11-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Selection of data for redundancy calculation by likely error rate |
US20150121156A1 (en) | 2013-10-28 | 2015-04-30 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Block Structure Profiling in Three Dimensional Memory |
US9501400B2 (en) | 2013-11-13 | 2016-11-22 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Identification and operation of sub-prime blocks in nonvolatile memory |
US9411721B2 (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2016-08-09 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Detecting access sequences for data compression on non-volatile memory devices |
US9043537B1 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2015-05-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Update block programming order |
US9229644B2 (en) | 2013-11-25 | 2016-01-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Targeted copy of data relocation |
US9141291B2 (en) | 2013-11-26 | 2015-09-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive context disbursement for improved performance in non-volatile memory systems |
US9218283B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2015-12-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Multi-die write management |
US9213601B2 (en) | 2013-12-03 | 2015-12-15 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive data re-compaction after post-write read verification operations |
US9058881B1 (en) | 2013-12-05 | 2015-06-16 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for partial page programming of multi level cells |
US9093158B2 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2015-07-28 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Write scheme for charge trapping memory |
US9244631B2 (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2016-01-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Lower page only host burst writes |
US9154027B2 (en) | 2013-12-09 | 2015-10-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Dynamic load matching charge pump for reduced current consumption |
US9208023B2 (en) | 2013-12-23 | 2015-12-08 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for scheduling post-write read in nonvolatile memory |
US9466383B2 (en) | 2013-12-30 | 2016-10-11 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Non-volatile memory and method with adaptive logical groups |
US9620182B2 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2017-04-11 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Pulse mechanism for memory circuit interruption |
US9349740B2 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2016-05-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Non-volatile storage element with suspended charge storage region |
US9514831B2 (en) | 2014-01-29 | 2016-12-06 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Multi-clock generation through phase locked loop (PLL) reference |
US9508437B2 (en) | 2014-01-30 | 2016-11-29 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Pattern breaking in multi-die write management |
US9368224B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2016-06-14 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Self-adjusting regulation current for memory array source line |
US9541456B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2017-01-10 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Reference voltage generator for temperature sensor with trimming capability at two temperatures |
US9337085B2 (en) | 2014-02-12 | 2016-05-10 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Air gap formation between bit lines with side protection |
US9542344B2 (en) | 2014-02-19 | 2017-01-10 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Datapath management in a memory controller |
US9325276B2 (en) | 2014-03-03 | 2016-04-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Methods and apparatus for clock oscillator temperature coefficient trimming |
US9230689B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2016-01-05 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Finding read disturbs on non-volatile memories |
US9123392B1 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2015-09-01 | Sandisk 3D Llc | Non-volatile 3D memory with cell-selectable word line decoding |
US9384128B2 (en) | 2014-04-18 | 2016-07-05 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Multi-level redundancy code for non-volatile memory controller |
US8929169B1 (en) | 2014-05-13 | 2015-01-06 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Power management for nonvolatile memory array |
US8902652B1 (en) | 2014-05-13 | 2014-12-02 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Systems and methods for lower page writes |
US8886877B1 (en) | 2014-05-15 | 2014-11-11 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | In-situ block folding for nonvolatile memory |
US9015561B1 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2015-04-21 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Adaptive redundancy in three dimensional memory |
US8918577B1 (en) | 2014-06-13 | 2014-12-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Three dimensional nonvolatile memory with variable block capacity |
US9483339B2 (en) | 2014-06-27 | 2016-11-01 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Systems and methods for fast bit error rate estimation |
US9245898B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2016-01-26 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | NAND flash memory integrated circuits and processes with controlled gate height |
US9443612B2 (en) | 2014-07-10 | 2016-09-13 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Determination of bit line to low voltage signal shorts |
US9460809B2 (en) | 2014-07-10 | 2016-10-04 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | AC stress mode to screen out word line to word line shorts |
US9633742B2 (en) | 2014-07-10 | 2017-04-25 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Segmentation of blocks for faster bit line settling/recovery in non-volatile memory devices |
US9514835B2 (en) | 2014-07-10 | 2016-12-06 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Determination of word line to word line shorts between adjacent blocks |
US9484086B2 (en) | 2014-07-10 | 2016-11-01 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Determination of word line to local source line shorts |
US9466523B2 (en) | 2014-07-29 | 2016-10-11 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Contact hole collimation using etch-resistant walls |
US9224470B1 (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2015-12-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Memory circuit and method of programming memory circuit |
US9218874B1 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2015-12-22 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Multi-pulse programming cycle of non-volatile memory for enhanced de-trapping |
US9330776B2 (en) | 2014-08-14 | 2016-05-03 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | High voltage step down regulator with breakdown protection |
US9208895B1 (en) | 2014-08-14 | 2015-12-08 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Cell current control through power supply |
US9305648B2 (en) | 2014-08-20 | 2016-04-05 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Techniques for programming of select gates in NAND memory |
US9312026B2 (en) | 2014-08-22 | 2016-04-12 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Zoned erase verify in three dimensional nonvolatile memory |
US9349468B2 (en) | 2014-08-25 | 2016-05-24 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Operational amplifier methods for charging of sense amplifier internal nodes |
US9224637B1 (en) | 2014-08-26 | 2015-12-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Bi-level dry etching scheme for transistor contacts |
US9484314B2 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2016-11-01 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Word line hook up with protected air gap |
US9202593B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2015-12-01 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Techniques for detecting broken word lines in non-volatile memories |
US9240249B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2016-01-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | AC stress methods to screen out bit line defects |
US9401275B2 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2016-07-26 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Word line with multi-layer cap structure |
US9224744B1 (en) | 2014-09-03 | 2015-12-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Wide and narrow patterning using common process |
US9449694B2 (en) | 2014-09-04 | 2016-09-20 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Non-volatile memory with multi-word line select for defect detection operations |
US9411669B2 (en) | 2014-09-11 | 2016-08-09 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Selective sampling of data stored in nonvolatile memory |
US9418750B2 (en) | 2014-09-15 | 2016-08-16 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Single ended word line and bit line time constant measurement |
US10114562B2 (en) | 2014-09-16 | 2018-10-30 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Adaptive block allocation in nonvolatile memory |
US9431411B1 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-08-30 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Efficient process for 3D NAND memory with socketed floating gate cells |
US9496272B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-11-15 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | 3D memory having NAND strings switched by transistors with elongated polysilicon gates |
US9236393B1 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-01-12 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | 3D NAND memory with socketed floating gate cells |
US9595338B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2017-03-14 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Utilizing NAND strings in dummy blocks for faster bit line precharge |
US9419006B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-08-16 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Process for 3D NAND memory with socketed floating gate cells |
US9318204B1 (en) | 2014-10-07 | 2016-04-19 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Non-volatile memory and method with adjusted timing for individual programming pulses |
US9552171B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2017-01-24 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Read scrub with adaptive counter management |
US9934872B2 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2018-04-03 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Erase stress and delta erase loop count methods for various fail modes in non-volatile memory |
US9978456B2 (en) | 2014-11-17 | 2018-05-22 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Techniques for reducing read disturb in partially written blocks of non-volatile memory |
US9349479B1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2016-05-24 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Boundary word line operation in nonvolatile memory |
US9361990B1 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2016-06-07 | SanDisk Technologies, Inc. | Time domain ramp rate control for erase inhibit in flash memory |
US9224502B1 (en) | 2015-01-14 | 2015-12-29 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Techniques for detection and treating memory hole to local interconnect marginality defects |
US9385721B1 (en) | 2015-01-14 | 2016-07-05 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Bulk driven low swing driver |
US9633710B2 (en) | 2015-01-23 | 2017-04-25 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for operating semiconductor device |
US9318210B1 (en) | 2015-02-02 | 2016-04-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Word line kick during sensing: trimming and adjacent word lines |
US9236128B1 (en) | 2015-02-02 | 2016-01-12 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Voltage kick to non-selected word line during programming |
US9959067B2 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2018-05-01 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Memory block allocation by block health |
US9390922B1 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2016-07-12 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Process for forming wide and narrow conductive lines |
US10032524B2 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2018-07-24 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Techniques for determining local interconnect defects |
US9583207B2 (en) | 2015-02-10 | 2017-02-28 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Adaptive data shaping in nonvolatile memory |
US9449700B2 (en) | 2015-02-13 | 2016-09-20 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Boundary word line search and open block read methods with reduced read disturb |
US9425047B1 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2016-08-23 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Self-aligned process using variable-fluidity material |
US10055267B2 (en) | 2015-03-04 | 2018-08-21 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Block management scheme to handle cluster failures in non-volatile memory |
US9318209B1 (en) | 2015-03-24 | 2016-04-19 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Digitally controlled source side select gate offset in 3D NAND memory erase |
US9269446B1 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2016-02-23 | Sandisk Technologies Inc. | Methods to improve programming of slow cells |
US9564219B2 (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2017-02-07 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Current based detection and recording of memory hole-interconnect spacing defects |
US9502123B2 (en) | 2015-04-21 | 2016-11-22 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Adaptive block parameters |
US9502428B1 (en) | 2015-04-29 | 2016-11-22 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Sidewall assisted process for wide and narrow line formation |
US9595444B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2017-03-14 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Floating gate separation in NAND flash memory |
US9917507B2 (en) | 2015-05-28 | 2018-03-13 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Dynamic clock period modulation scheme for variable charge pump load currents |
US9627393B2 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2017-04-18 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Height reduction in memory periphery |
US9443862B1 (en) | 2015-07-24 | 2016-09-13 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Select gates with select gate dielectric first |
US9613971B2 (en) | 2015-07-24 | 2017-04-04 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Select gates with central open areas |
US9647536B2 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2017-05-09 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | High voltage generation using low voltage devices |
US9484098B1 (en) | 2015-08-05 | 2016-11-01 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Smart reread in nonvolatile memory |
US9659666B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2017-05-23 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Dynamic memory recovery at the sub-block level |
US10157681B2 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2018-12-18 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Programming of nonvolatile memory with verify level dependent on memory state and programming loop count |
US9520776B1 (en) | 2015-09-18 | 2016-12-13 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Selective body bias for charge pump transfer switches |
US9653154B2 (en) | 2015-09-21 | 2017-05-16 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Write abort detection for multi-state memories |
US9401216B1 (en) | 2015-09-22 | 2016-07-26 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Adaptive operation of 3D NAND memory |
US9691473B2 (en) | 2015-09-22 | 2017-06-27 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Adaptive operation of 3D memory |
US9792175B2 (en) | 2015-10-21 | 2017-10-17 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Bad column management in nonvolatile memory |
US9858009B2 (en) | 2015-10-26 | 2018-01-02 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Data folding in 3D nonvolatile memory |
US10133490B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2018-11-20 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | System and method for managing extended maintenance scheduling in a non-volatile memory |
US10120613B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2018-11-06 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | System and method for rescheduling host and maintenance operations in a non-volatile memory |
US9778855B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2017-10-03 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | System and method for precision interleaving of data writes in a non-volatile memory |
US10042553B2 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2018-08-07 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Method and system for programming a multi-layer non-volatile memory having a single fold data path |
US9569143B1 (en) * | 2015-12-11 | 2017-02-14 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | In block data folding for 3D non-volatile storage |
US9698676B1 (en) | 2016-03-11 | 2017-07-04 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Charge pump based over-sampling with uniform step size for current detection |
US9817593B1 (en) | 2016-07-11 | 2017-11-14 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Block management in non-volatile memory system with non-blocking control sync system |
US9792994B1 (en) | 2016-09-28 | 2017-10-17 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Bulk modulation scheme to reduce I/O pin capacitance |
JP2019040655A (en) * | 2017-08-28 | 2019-03-14 | 東芝メモリ株式会社 | Memory system |
US10304550B1 (en) | 2017-11-29 | 2019-05-28 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Sense amplifier with negative threshold sensing for non-volatile memory |
US10643695B1 (en) | 2019-01-10 | 2020-05-05 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Concurrent multi-state program verify for non-volatile memory |
US11379231B2 (en) | 2019-10-25 | 2022-07-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Data processing system and operation method of data processing system |
US11024392B1 (en) | 2019-12-23 | 2021-06-01 | Sandisk Technologies Llc | Sense amplifier for bidirectional sensing of memory cells of a non-volatile memory |
Citations (33)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4057788A (en) * | 1974-10-21 | 1977-11-08 | Raytheon Company | Semiconductor memory structures |
US4279024A (en) | 1978-06-30 | 1981-07-14 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Word-by-word electrically reprogrammable nonvolatile memory |
JPS5886777A (en) | 1981-11-18 | 1983-05-24 | Citizen Watch Co Ltd | Setting method for threshold voltage of mnos memory cell |
JPS62257699A (en) | 1986-05-01 | 1987-11-10 | Nippon Denso Co Ltd | Multi-level storage semiconductor circuit |
JPS6423878A (en) | 1987-07-20 | 1989-01-26 | Nippon Bussan Kk | Agent for preventing denaturation of paste food |
JPS6446949A (en) | 1987-08-15 | 1989-02-21 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Manufacture of dielectric isolation substrate |
JPH02232900A (en) | 1989-03-06 | 1990-09-14 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH02260298A (en) | 1989-03-31 | 1990-10-23 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Non-volatile multilevel memory device |
JPH0359886A (en) | 1989-07-27 | 1991-03-14 | Nec Corp | Non-volatile memory which allows electrical erasing and writing |
JPH03237692A (en) | 1990-02-13 | 1991-10-23 | Fujitsu Ltd | Non-volatile multivalue storage device |
JPH03286497A (en) | 1990-03-31 | 1991-12-17 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH0488671A (en) | 1990-07-31 | 1992-03-23 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH04119594A (en) | 1990-09-07 | 1992-04-21 | Fujitsu Ltd | Semiconductor memory device |
US5146106A (en) * | 1988-12-09 | 1992-09-08 | Synaptics, Incorporated | CMOS winner-take all circuit with offset adaptation |
JPH04254994A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1992-09-10 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor storage device |
US5168465A (en) | 1988-06-08 | 1992-12-01 | Eliyahou Harari | Highly compact EPROM and flash EEPROM devices |
US5172338A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-12-15 | Sundisk Corporation | Multi-state EEprom read and write circuits and techniques |
JPH056681A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1993-01-14 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
JPH0560199A (en) | 1991-09-02 | 1993-03-09 | Hiroshi Horie | Drive-force reinforcing mechanism |
DE4232025A1 (en) | 1991-09-24 | 1993-04-08 | Toshiba Kawasaki Kk | EEPROM of NAND-cell type with automatic write test controller - has read=out/buffer memory circuit coupled to bit lines for intermediate memory operation |
US5218569A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1993-06-08 | Banks Gerald J | Electrically alterable non-volatile memory with n-bits per memory cell |
JPH05144277A (en) | 1991-09-24 | 1993-06-11 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH05182476A (en) | 1992-06-04 | 1993-07-23 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US5321699A (en) | 1991-03-12 | 1994-06-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory system with write-verify controller using two reference levels |
US5339270A (en) * | 1993-06-23 | 1994-08-16 | Vlsi Technology, Inc. | AC drain voltage charging source for PROM devices |
US5412599A (en) * | 1991-09-26 | 1995-05-02 | Sgs-Thomson Microelectronics, S.R.L. | Null consumption, nonvolatile, programmable switch |
US5521865A (en) | 1994-03-15 | 1996-05-28 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device for storing multi-value data |
US5652719A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1997-07-29 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US5781478A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1998-07-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US6005815A (en) * | 1997-10-13 | 1999-12-21 | Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor memory |
US6570796B2 (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2003-05-27 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Wafer burn-in test and wafer test circuit |
JP2007184103A (en) | 2007-04-02 | 2007-07-19 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP2007184102A (en) | 2007-04-02 | 2007-07-19 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
Family Cites Families (26)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE2828836C2 (en) | 1978-06-30 | 1983-01-05 | Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München | Non-volatile memory that can be electrically erased word by word |
DE3684351D1 (en) * | 1985-04-18 | 1992-04-23 | Nec Corp | PROGRAMMABLE FIXED VALUE STORAGE WITH REDUCED PROGRAMMING VOLTAGE. |
JP2525422Y2 (en) | 1987-07-31 | 1997-02-12 | 株式会社ケンウッド | Power supply device for wireless communication equipment |
JPS6446949U (en) | 1987-09-16 | 1989-03-23 | ||
JP2534733B2 (en) * | 1987-10-09 | 1996-09-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
EP0477369B1 (en) * | 1989-06-12 | 1997-08-13 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Semiconductor memory device |
US5323351A (en) * | 1992-06-10 | 1994-06-21 | Nexcom Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for programming electrical erasable programmable read-only memory arrays |
US5398203A (en) * | 1993-09-01 | 1995-03-14 | Cypress Semiconductor Corporation | Memory programming load-line circuit with dual slope I-V curve |
US5596526A (en) * | 1995-08-15 | 1997-01-21 | Lexar Microsystems, Inc. | Non-volatile memory system of multi-level transistor cells and methods using same |
US5650966A (en) * | 1995-11-01 | 1997-07-22 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Temperature compensated reference for overerase correction circuitry in a flash memory |
JP2848314B2 (en) * | 1996-02-28 | 1999-01-20 | 日本電気株式会社 | Semiconductor storage device |
US5619448A (en) * | 1996-03-14 | 1997-04-08 | Myson Technology, Inc. | Non-volatile memory device and apparatus for reading a non-volatile memory array |
JPH1011981A (en) * | 1996-06-19 | 1998-01-16 | Sony Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor storage device |
JP3803463B2 (en) * | 1997-07-23 | 2006-08-02 | エルピーダメモリ株式会社 | Semiconductor memory device |
JPH11224491A (en) * | 1997-12-03 | 1999-08-17 | Sony Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory and ic memory card using it |
JP3863330B2 (en) * | 1999-09-28 | 2006-12-27 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
FR2799045B1 (en) * | 1999-09-29 | 2002-02-08 | St Microelectronics Sa | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT MEMORY WITH SERIAL ACCESS |
JP4507320B2 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2010-07-21 | 株式会社セガ | game machine |
KR100390959B1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2003-07-12 | 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 | Method of programing/reading a multi-level flash memory using Sensing circuit |
JP4212444B2 (en) * | 2003-09-22 | 2009-01-21 | 株式会社東芝 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP4157065B2 (en) * | 2004-03-29 | 2008-09-24 | 株式会社東芝 | Semiconductor memory device |
KR100721012B1 (en) * | 2005-07-12 | 2007-05-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Nand flash memory device and program method thereof |
KR100666185B1 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-01-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device having three-level memory cells and operating method therefor |
US7349264B2 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2008-03-25 | Sandisk Corporation | Alternate sensing techniques for non-volatile memories |
KR101197555B1 (en) * | 2006-02-03 | 2012-11-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Electric fuse circuit capable of providing margin read |
US7508711B2 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2009-03-24 | Intel Corporation | Arrangements for operating a memory circuit |
-
1994
- 1994-09-16 KR KR1019940023567A patent/KR0169267B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1994-09-21 DE DE4433721A patent/DE4433721C2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1994-09-21 US US08/308,534 patent/US5570315A/en not_active Ceased
-
1996
- 1996-07-16 US US08/682,009 patent/US5652719A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2006
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,593 patent/USRE41456E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,587 patent/USRE41485E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,586 patent/USRE41020E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,588 patent/USRE41021E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,584 patent/USRE41950E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,585 patent/USRE41244E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,590 patent/USRE42120E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,589 patent/USRE41019E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,591 patent/USRE41468E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2006-06-13 US US11/451,592 patent/USRE41969E1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Patent Citations (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4057788A (en) * | 1974-10-21 | 1977-11-08 | Raytheon Company | Semiconductor memory structures |
US4279024A (en) | 1978-06-30 | 1981-07-14 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Word-by-word electrically reprogrammable nonvolatile memory |
JPS5886777A (en) | 1981-11-18 | 1983-05-24 | Citizen Watch Co Ltd | Setting method for threshold voltage of mnos memory cell |
JPS62257699A (en) | 1986-05-01 | 1987-11-10 | Nippon Denso Co Ltd | Multi-level storage semiconductor circuit |
JPS6423878A (en) | 1987-07-20 | 1989-01-26 | Nippon Bussan Kk | Agent for preventing denaturation of paste food |
JPS6446949A (en) | 1987-08-15 | 1989-02-21 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Manufacture of dielectric isolation substrate |
US5168465A (en) | 1988-06-08 | 1992-12-01 | Eliyahou Harari | Highly compact EPROM and flash EEPROM devices |
US5146106A (en) * | 1988-12-09 | 1992-09-08 | Synaptics, Incorporated | CMOS winner-take all circuit with offset adaptation |
JPH02232900A (en) | 1989-03-06 | 1990-09-14 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH02260298A (en) | 1989-03-31 | 1990-10-23 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Non-volatile multilevel memory device |
US5172338A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-12-15 | Sundisk Corporation | Multi-state EEprom read and write circuits and techniques |
JPH04507320A (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1992-12-17 | サンディスク コーポレイション | Multi-state EEPROM read/write circuit and technology |
US5172338B1 (en) | 1989-04-13 | 1997-07-08 | Sandisk Corp | Multi-state eeprom read and write circuits and techniques |
JPH0359886A (en) | 1989-07-27 | 1991-03-14 | Nec Corp | Non-volatile memory which allows electrical erasing and writing |
JPH03237692A (en) | 1990-02-13 | 1991-10-23 | Fujitsu Ltd | Non-volatile multivalue storage device |
JPH03286497A (en) | 1990-03-31 | 1991-12-17 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH0488671A (en) | 1990-07-31 | 1992-03-23 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
JPH04119594A (en) | 1990-09-07 | 1992-04-21 | Fujitsu Ltd | Semiconductor memory device |
JPH04254994A (en) | 1991-02-06 | 1992-09-10 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor storage device |
US5218569A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1993-06-08 | Banks Gerald J | Electrically alterable non-volatile memory with n-bits per memory cell |
US5394362A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1995-02-28 | Banks; Gerald J. | Electrically alterable non-voltatile memory with N-bits per memory cell |
JPH056681A (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1993-01-14 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US5321699A (en) | 1991-03-12 | 1994-06-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile memory system with write-verify controller using two reference levels |
JPH0560199A (en) | 1991-09-02 | 1993-03-09 | Hiroshi Horie | Drive-force reinforcing mechanism |
DE4232025A1 (en) | 1991-09-24 | 1993-04-08 | Toshiba Kawasaki Kk | EEPROM of NAND-cell type with automatic write test controller - has read=out/buffer memory circuit coupled to bit lines for intermediate memory operation |
JPH05144277A (en) | 1991-09-24 | 1993-06-11 | Toshiba Corp | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device |
US5412599A (en) * | 1991-09-26 | 1995-05-02 | Sgs-Thomson Microelectronics, S.R.L. | Null consumption, nonvolatile, programmable switch |
JPH05182476A (en) | 1992-06-04 | 1993-07-23 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory |
US5339270A (en) * | 1993-06-23 | 1994-08-16 | Vlsi Technology, Inc. | AC drain voltage charging source for PROM devices |
US5652719A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1997-07-29 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US5521865A (en) | 1994-03-15 | 1996-05-28 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device for storing multi-value data |
US5781478A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1998-07-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US5920507A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 1999-07-06 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US6069823A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 2000-05-30 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US6147911A (en) | 1995-11-13 | 2000-11-14 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
US6005815A (en) * | 1997-10-13 | 1999-12-21 | Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor memory |
US6570796B2 (en) * | 2001-09-20 | 2003-05-27 | Hynix Semiconductor Inc. | Wafer burn-in test and wafer test circuit |
JP2007184103A (en) | 2007-04-02 | 2007-07-19 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
JP2007184102A (en) | 2007-04-02 | 2007-07-19 | Toshiba Corp | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
DE4433721A1 (en) | 1995-03-23 |
USRE41020E1 (en) | 2009-12-01 |
USRE41456E1 (en) | 2010-07-27 |
KR0169267B1 (en) | 1999-02-01 |
USRE41019E1 (en) | 2009-12-01 |
USRE41969E1 (en) | 2010-11-30 |
DE4433721C2 (en) | 2000-12-07 |
US5570315A (en) | 1996-10-29 |
USRE41950E1 (en) | 2010-11-23 |
USRE41468E1 (en) | 2010-08-03 |
US5652719A (en) | 1997-07-29 |
KR950009731A (en) | 1995-04-24 |
USRE42120E1 (en) | 2011-02-08 |
USRE41485E1 (en) | 2010-08-10 |
USRE41244E1 (en) | 2010-04-20 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
USRE41021E1 (en) | Multi-state EEPROM having write-verify control circuit | |
JP3200012B2 (en) | Storage system | |
US7489544B2 (en) | Flash memory device having multi-level cell and reading and programming method thereof | |
JP4660243B2 (en) | Semiconductor memory device | |
KR100376234B1 (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device | |
JP4768298B2 (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device | |
JP3805867B2 (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device | |
US6307785B1 (en) | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device | |
US20020145913A1 (en) | Electrically erasable and programmable non-volatile semiconductor memory with automatic write-verify controller | |
JP3226677B2 (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device | |
JP2013143155A (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device and write-in method thereof | |
JP2006031871A (en) | Semiconductor memory | |
US7327616B2 (en) | Non-volatile semiconductor memory device | |
JP3828376B2 (en) | Storage system | |
JP3181454B2 (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device | |
KR20020081925A (en) | Nonvolatile semiconductor memory device with a page copy flag cell array |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |